From 7e1db74ac1c64ba82006217f33a99edef404f951 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: "Ru, Li Yi" Date: Wed, 6 Nov 2024 08:28:14 +0000 Subject: [PATCH] rds_umn_20241105 MIME-Version: 1.0 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8 Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit Reviewed-by: Székely, Ond Co-authored-by: Ru, Li Yi Co-committed-by: Ru, Li Yi --- docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json | 773 ++++----- docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json | 1501 +++++++++-------- .../rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001987302910.html | 2 + .../rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html | 2 +- .../rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html | 2 +- .../rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html | 62 + docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0070.html | 2 +- docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0004.html | 6 +- 8 files changed, 1220 insertions(+), 1130 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json b/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json index 18f59465..b115ba9a 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json +++ b/docs/rds/umn/ALL_META.TXT.json @@ -506,11 +506,28 @@ "title":"Product Release Notes", "githuburl":"" }, + { + "uri":"en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html", + "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002067671672.xml", + "product_code":"", + "code":"29", + "des":"RDS for MySQL extends the lifecycle of MySQL Community Edition. New versions are released during the extended period only to fix issues that severely affect the security ", + "doc_type":"", + "kw":"RDS for MySQL Versioning Policy,Product Release Notes,User Guide", + "search_title":"", + "metedata":[ + { + + } + ], + "title":"RDS for MySQL Versioning Policy", + "githuburl":"" + }, { "uri":"en-us_topic_0000002023864553.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000002023864553.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"29", + "code":"30", "des":"The PostgreSQL community releases a new major version containing new features about once a year. Each major version receives bug fixes and, if need be, security fixes tha", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS for PostgreSQL Versioning Policy,Product Release Notes,User Guide", @@ -528,7 +545,7 @@ "uri":"index.html", "node_id":"index.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"30", + "code":"31", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started with RDS for MySQL", @@ -546,7 +563,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0046585334.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0046585334.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"31", + "code":"32", "des":"You can create and connect to DB instances on the RDS console.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Operation Guide,Getting Started with RDS for MySQL,User Guide", @@ -564,7 +581,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"32", + "code":"33", "des":"This section describes how to create a DB instance on the management console.The DB instance class and storage space you need depend on your processing power and memory r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"DB Engine,Step 1: Create a DB Instance,Getting Started with RDS for MySQL,User Guide", @@ -582,7 +599,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"33", + "code":"34", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance", @@ -600,7 +617,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"34", + "code":"35", "des":"An RDS DB instance can be connected through a private network or a public network.VPC: indicates the Virtual Private Cloud.ECS: indicates the Elastic Cloud Server.If the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,Connecting to a DB Instance,Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance,User Guide", @@ -618,7 +635,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0101.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0101.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"35", + "code":"36", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Private Network", @@ -636,7 +653,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_apply_for_rds.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_apply_for_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"36", + "code":"37", "des":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a MySQL DB instance through a private network.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Private Network,User Guide", @@ -654,7 +671,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"37", + "code":"38", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,Configuring Security Group Rules,Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a", @@ -672,7 +689,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0047.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0047.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"38", + "code":"39", "des":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.You have logged in to an ECS.To co", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SSL connection,encrypts data,Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Private Network,Connecting to an ", @@ -690,7 +707,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0048.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0048.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"39", + "code":"40", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Public Network", @@ -708,7 +725,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"40", + "code":"41", "des":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a MySQL DB instance through a public network.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Public Network,User Guide", @@ -726,7 +743,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"41", + "code":"42", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility and can un", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"configure security groups,Binding an EIP,Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Public", @@ -744,7 +761,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"42", + "code":"43", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,Configuring Security Group Rules,Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a", @@ -762,7 +779,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_connect_instance.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_connect_instance.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"43", + "code":"44", "des":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.An EIP has been bound to the targe", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SSL connection,encrypts data,Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Public Network,Connecting to an R", @@ -780,7 +797,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0063.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0063.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"44", + "code":"45", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started with RDS for PostgreSQL", @@ -798,7 +815,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"45", + "code":"46", "des":"You can create and connect to DB instances on the RDS console.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Operation Guide,Getting Started with RDS for PostgreSQL,User Guide", @@ -816,7 +833,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0065.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0065.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"46", + "code":"47", "des":"You can create DB instances using the RDS console or APIs. For details about how to create DB instances using APIs, see \"Creating a DB Instance\" in the Relational Databas", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create DB instances,create a DB instance,Step 1: Create a DB Instance,Getting Started with RDS for P", @@ -834,7 +851,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"47", + "code":"48", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance", @@ -852,7 +869,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"48", + "code":"49", "des":"An RDS DB instance can be connected through a private network or a public network.VPC: indicates the Virtual Private Cloud.ECS: indicates the Elastic Cloud Server.If the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a DB Instance,Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance,User Guide", @@ -870,7 +887,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"49", + "code":"50", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Private Network", @@ -888,7 +905,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0010.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0010.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"50", + "code":"51", "des":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a PostgreSQL DB instance through a private network.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Private Network,User Guide", @@ -906,7 +923,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0014.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0014.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"51", + "code":"52", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,Configuring Security Group Rules,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Pri", @@ -924,7 +941,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0016.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0016.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"52", + "code":"53", "des":"You can use the PostgreSQL client psql to connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection is encrypted and therefore more s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SSL connection,SSL Connection,Connecting to a DB Instance Through psql,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB", @@ -942,7 +959,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"53", + "code":"54", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Public Network", @@ -960,7 +977,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"54", + "code":"55", "des":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a PostgreSQL DB instance through a public network.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Public Network,User Guide", @@ -978,7 +995,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0064.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0064.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"55", + "code":"56", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility and can un", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"configure security groups,Binding an EIP,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Public Net", @@ -996,7 +1013,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"56", + "code":"57", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,Configuring Security Group Rules,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Pub", @@ -1014,7 +1031,7 @@ "uri":"rds_02_0051.html", "node_id":"rds_02_0051.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"57", + "code":"58", "des":"You can use the PostgreSQL client psql to connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection is encrypted and therefore more s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SSL connection,SSL Connection,Connecting to a DB Instance Through psql,Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB", @@ -1032,7 +1049,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0014.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0014.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"58", + "code":"59", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Getting Started with RDS for SQL Server", @@ -1050,7 +1067,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0010.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0010.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"59", + "code":"60", "des":"You can create and connect to DB instances on the RDS console.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Operation Guide,Getting Started with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", @@ -1068,7 +1085,7 @@ "uri":"rds_04_0061.html", "node_id":"rds_04_0061.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"60", + "code":"61", "des":"You can create DB instances using the RDS console or APIs. For details about how to create DB instances using APIs, see the \"Creating a DB Instance\" section in the Relati", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create a DB instance,Step 1: Create a DB Instance,Getting Started with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", @@ -1086,7 +1103,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0053089697.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0053089697.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"61", + "code":"62", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance", @@ -1104,7 +1121,7 @@ "uri":"rds_04_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_04_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"62", + "code":"63", "des":"An RDS DB instance can be connected through a private network or a public network.VPC: indicates the Virtual Private Cloud.ECS: indicates the Elastic Cloud Server.If the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a DB Instance,Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance,User Guide", @@ -1122,7 +1139,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"63", + "code":"64", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Private Network", @@ -1140,7 +1157,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"64", + "code":"65", "des":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server DB instance through a private network.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Private Network,User Guide", @@ -1158,7 +1175,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"65", + "code":"66", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,Configuring Security Group Rules,Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Pri", @@ -1176,7 +1193,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"66", + "code":"67", "des":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.Prepare an ECS.To connect to a DB ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SSL connection,encrypts data,Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Private Network,Connecting to a S", @@ -1194,7 +1211,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0052.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0052.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"67", + "code":"68", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Public Network", @@ -1212,7 +1229,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0066.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0066.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"68", + "code":"69", "des":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server DB instance through a public network.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Overview,Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Public Network,User Guide", @@ -1230,7 +1247,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"69", + "code":"70", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility and can un", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"configure security groups,Binding an EIP,Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Public Net", @@ -1248,7 +1265,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0051.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0051.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"70", + "code":"71", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,Configuring Security Group Rules,Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Pub", @@ -1266,7 +1283,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"71", + "code":"72", "des":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.Install the Microsoft SQL Server c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"SSL connection,encrypts data,Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Public Network,Connecting to a SQ", @@ -1284,7 +1301,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"72", + "code":"73", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Working with RDS for MySQL", @@ -1302,7 +1319,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0001_02.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0001_02.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"73", + "code":"74", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Migration", @@ -1320,7 +1337,7 @@ "uri":"rds_migration_mysql.html", "node_id":"rds_migration_mysql.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"74", + "code":"75", "des":"You can access RDS DB instances through an EIP or through an ECS.Prepare an ECS for accessing DB instances in the same VPC or prepare a device for accessing RDS through a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating Data to RDS for MySQL Using mysqldump,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -1338,7 +1355,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_00000.html", "node_id":"rds_08_00000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"75", + "code":"76", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Tuning", @@ -1356,7 +1373,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_00001.html", "node_id":"rds_08_00001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"76", + "code":"77", "des":"Parameters are key configuration items in a database system. Improper parameter settings may adversely affect the stable running of databases. This section describes some", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Suggestions on MySQL Parameter Tuning,Parameter Tuning,User Guide", @@ -1374,7 +1391,7 @@ "uri":"rds_07_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_07_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"77", + "code":"78", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management", @@ -1392,7 +1409,7 @@ "uri":"rds_07_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_07_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"78", + "code":"79", "des":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS,RDS,Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide", @@ -1410,7 +1427,7 @@ "uri":"rds_07_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_07_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"79", + "code":"80", "des":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS Custom Policies,Permissions Management,User Guide", @@ -1428,7 +1445,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"80", + "code":"81", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Lifecycle", @@ -1446,7 +1463,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"81", + "code":"82", "des":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one,Creating a Same DB Instance as", @@ -1464,7 +1481,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0057.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0057.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"82", + "code":"83", "des":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop pay-per-use DB instances to save money. You can stop a DB instance for up to seven days.If ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Stopping a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -1482,7 +1499,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0058.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0058.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"83", + "code":"84", "des":"You can stop your DB instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your DB instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.If you start a primary DB instance, r", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Starting a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -1500,7 +1517,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"84", + "code":"85", "des":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -1518,7 +1535,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"85", + "code":"86", "des":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"instance items,edit columns,Selecting Displayed Items,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -1536,7 +1553,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"86", + "code":"87", "des":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -1554,7 +1571,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"87", + "code":"88", "des":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Deleting a Read Replica,Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica,Instance Lifec", @@ -1572,7 +1589,7 @@ "uri":"rds_mysql_recycle.html", "node_id":"rds_mysql_recycle.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"88", + "code":"89", "des":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read replicas,Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -1590,7 +1607,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"89", + "code":"90", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Modifications", @@ -1608,7 +1625,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"90", + "code":"91", "des":"RDS for MySQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.The upgrade will cause the DB instance to reboot and interrupt servi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS for MySQL,MySQL,Upgrading a Minor Version,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1626,7 +1643,7 @@ "uri":"rds_modify_instance_name.html", "node_id":"rds_modify_instance_name.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"91", + "code":"92", "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"name,Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1644,7 +1661,7 @@ "uri":"rds_modify_availability.html", "node_id":"rds_modify_availability.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"92", + "code":"93", "des":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"failover priority,Changing the Failover Priority,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1662,7 +1679,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_rds.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_scale_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"93", + "code":"94", "des":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CPU or memory,Changing a DB Instance Class,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1680,7 +1697,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_scale_cluster.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"94", + "code":"95", "des":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,scale up storage space,MySQL,Scaling up Storage Space,Instance Modifications,", @@ -1698,7 +1715,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"95", + "code":"96", "des":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage of a rea", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Storage Autoscaling,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1716,7 +1733,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"96", + "code":"97", "des":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Maintenance Window,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1734,7 +1751,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"97", + "code":"98", "des":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability. This operation does not affect the services running on the ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances,Changing a DB Instance Type from Single t", @@ -1752,7 +1769,7 @@ "uri":"rds_switch_ha.html", "node_id":"rds_switch_ha.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"98", + "code":"99", "des":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1770,7 +1787,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"99", + "code":"100", "des":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.Primary/standby instances running MySQL 5.6, 5.7, or 8.0 support standby instanc", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -1788,7 +1805,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"100", + "code":"101", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read Replicas", @@ -1806,7 +1823,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0012.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0012.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"101", + "code":"102", "des":"RDS for MySQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affected. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replicas,MySQL,Introducing Read Replicas,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -1824,7 +1841,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_add_read_replica.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"102", + "code":"103", "des":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After DB instances are created, you can create read replicas for them.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create read replicas,create read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -1842,7 +1859,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0015.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0015.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"103", + "code":"104", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Managing a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -1860,7 +1877,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"104", + "code":"105", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backups and Restorations", @@ -1878,7 +1895,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"105", + "code":"106", "des":"RDS supports backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup time window for your DB instances. RDS saves automated ba", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"backups and restorations,Automated backups,Manual backups,Working with Backups,Backups and Restorati", @@ -1896,7 +1913,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"106", + "code":"107", "des":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -1914,7 +1931,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"107", + "code":"108", "des":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create manual backups,Creating a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -1932,7 +1949,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"108", + "code":"109", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for MySQL enables you to download ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"download a manual or an automated backup file,RDS for MySQL,full backup files,Downloading a Backup F", @@ -1950,7 +1967,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0100.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0100.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"109", + "code":"110", "des":"RDS for MySQL allows you to download binlog backup files to your client computer and use them to restore DB instances if necessary.You can also select the binlog backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"binlog backup files,Downloading a Binlog Backup File,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -1968,7 +1985,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"110", + "code":"111", "des":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to DB Instances,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -1986,7 +2003,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"111", + "code":"112", "des":"You can download backup files by referring to Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them.Backup data cannot be restored to local databases that run the Windows ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built MySQL Database,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -2004,7 +2021,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"112", + "code":"113", "des":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for MySQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you enter t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS for MySQL,restoration to a new, the original,,Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time,Backups", @@ -2022,7 +2039,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"113", + "code":"114", "des":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"replicate a manual or an automated backup,Replicating a Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -2040,7 +2057,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0010.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0010.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"114", + "code":"115", "des":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -2058,7 +2075,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"115", + "code":"116", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", @@ -2076,7 +2093,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"116", + "code":"117", "des":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2094,7 +2111,7 @@ "uri":"rds_configuration.html", "node_id":"rds_configuration.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"117", + "code":"118", "des":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying Parameters,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2112,7 +2129,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0043.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0043.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"118", + "code":"119", "des":"RDS allows you to import new parameter templates for future use. To apply an imported parameter template to new DB instances, see Applying a Parameter Template.Only param", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Importing a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2130,7 +2147,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"119", + "code":"120", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2148,7 +2165,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0012.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0012.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"120", + "code":"121", "des":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Compare,Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2166,7 +2183,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"121", + "code":"122", "des":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2184,7 +2201,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0014.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0014.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"122", + "code":"123", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2202,7 +2219,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0015.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0015.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"123", + "code":"124", "des":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2220,7 +2237,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"124", + "code":"125", "des":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed.The parameter innodb_buffer_pool_size is determined by the memory. DB instances of different specifications ha", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2238,7 +2255,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"125", + "code":"126", "des":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2256,7 +2273,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0016.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0016.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"126", + "code":"127", "des":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2274,7 +2291,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"127", + "code":"128", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -2292,7 +2309,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"128", + "code":"129", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", @@ -2310,7 +2327,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"129", + "code":"130", "des":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change floating IP addresses,automatically-assigned IP address,change the floating IP address,Config", @@ -2328,7 +2345,7 @@ "uri":"rds_public_accessibility.html", "node_id":"rds_public_accessibility.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"130", + "code":"131", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP,Connection Management,User Guide", @@ -2346,7 +2363,7 @@ "uri":"rds_change_database_port.html", "node_id":"rds_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"131", + "code":"132", "des":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica,Changing a Database Port,Connect", @@ -2364,7 +2381,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"132", + "code":"133", "des":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"security group,RDS,RDS,RDS,RDS,RDS,Configuring a Security Group Rule,Connection Management,User Guid", @@ -2382,7 +2399,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0050.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0050.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"133", + "code":"134", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting)", @@ -2400,7 +2417,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"134", + "code":"135", "des":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. You can enable read/write splitting after read rep", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Introducing Read/Write Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2418,7 +2435,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0047.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0047.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"135", + "code":"136", "des":"In most cases, an RDS for MySQL proxy instance sends all requests in transactions to the primary DB instance to ensure transaction correctness. However, in some framework", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Transaction Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2436,7 +2453,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"136", + "code":"137", "des":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. This section describes how to enable read/write sp", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling Read/Write Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2454,7 +2471,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"137", + "code":"138", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can configure the delay threshold and routing policy as required.The system automatically distributes weights to read replicas,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring the Delay Threshold and Routing Policy,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2472,7 +2489,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"138", + "code":"139", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the read/write splitting address.Changing the read/write splitting address will interrupt database connections and s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the read/write splitting address,Changing the Read/Write Splitting Address,Database Proxy (Re", @@ -2490,7 +2507,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0028.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0028.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"139", + "code":"140", "des":"You can change the instance class (vCPU or memory) of a DB proxy instance as required. If the DB instance status changes from Changing proxy instance class to Available, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"vCPU or memory,Changing the Instance Class of a DB Proxy Instance,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitti", @@ -2508,7 +2525,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0045.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0045.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"140", + "code":"141", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the number of proxy nodes as required.Read/write splitting has been enabled.The primary DB instance, read replicas, ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Number of Proxy Nodes,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2526,7 +2543,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"141", + "code":"142", "des":"You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.Intermittent disconnect", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Upgrading the Kernel Version of Database Proxy,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2544,7 +2561,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"142", + "code":"143", "des":"If load balancing is enabled for a database proxy instance, the security group associated with the proxy instance does not apply. You need to use access control to grant ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling or Disabling Access Control,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2562,7 +2579,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"143", + "code":"144", "des":"You can disable read/write splitting as required.If the database proxy is disabled, read/write splitting is also disabled and services using the read/write splitting addr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Disabling Read/Write Splitting,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2580,7 +2597,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0020.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0020.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"144", + "code":"145", "des":"This section describes the rules of distributing read weights to DB instances of different specifications.When the system automatically sets the read weights for DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rules for Distributing Weights,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2598,7 +2615,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0021.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0021.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"145", + "code":"146", "des":"After read/write splitting is enabled, databases can be connected through a read/write splitting address. You can use internal SQL commands to verify the read/write split", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Testing Read/Write Splitting Performance,Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting),User Guide", @@ -2616,7 +2633,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"146", + "code":"147", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Security", @@ -2634,7 +2651,7 @@ "uri":"rds_reset_password.html", "node_id":"rds_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"147", + "code":"148", "des":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"reset the administrator password,RDS,Resetting the Administrator Password,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -2652,7 +2669,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"148", + "code":"149", "des":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -2670,7 +2687,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"149", + "code":"150", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Metrics and Alarms", @@ -2688,7 +2705,7 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"150", + "code":"151", "des":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the RDS metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their na", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Displayed Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -2706,7 +2723,7 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"151", + "code":"152", "des":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Setting Alarm Rules,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -2724,7 +2741,7 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"152", + "code":"153", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -2742,7 +2759,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0020.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0020.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"153", + "code":"154", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Interconnection with CTS", @@ -2760,7 +2777,7 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"154", + "code":"155", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS),Key Operations Supported by CTS,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", @@ -2778,7 +2795,7 @@ "uri":"rds_06_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_06_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"155", + "code":"156", "des":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Tracing Events,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", @@ -2796,7 +2813,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0021.html", "node_id":"rds_08_0021.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"156", + "code":"157", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", @@ -2814,7 +2831,7 @@ "uri":"rds_mysql_error_log.html", "node_id":"rds_mysql_error_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"157", + "code":"158", "des":"RDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including error logs and slow SQL query logs.Error logs contain warning- and error-level logs generated during ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Error Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -2832,7 +2849,7 @@ "uri":"rds_mysql_slow_query_log.html", "node_id":"rds_mysql_slow_query_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"158", + "code":"159", "des":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time. You can use these logs to identify and optimize the statements that are executing slowly.RDS supports the f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Slow Query Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -2850,7 +2867,7 @@ "uri":"rds_switch_log.html", "node_id":"rds_switch_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"159", + "code":"160", "des":"You can view failover or switchover logs of MySQL DB instances to evaluate the impact on services.Only failover and switchover logs within 30 days are displayed.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"MySQL,Viewing Failover/Switchover Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -2868,7 +2885,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sql_auditing_log.html", "node_id":"rds_sql_auditing_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"160", + "code":"161", "des":"After you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be recorded in log files. You can download audit logs to view log details.By default, SQL audit is disabl", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Enabling the SQL Audit Function,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -2886,7 +2903,7 @@ "uri":"rds_download_sql_auditing_log.html", "node_id":"rds_download_sql_auditing_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"161", + "code":"162", "des":"If you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be logged, and you can download audit logs to view details. By default, the SQL audit function is disabled. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Downloading SQL Audit Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -2904,7 +2921,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"162", + "code":"163", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center", @@ -2922,7 +2939,7 @@ "uri":"rds_task_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_task_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"163", + "code":"164", "des":"You can view the progress and results of scheduled and instant tasks on the Task Center page.RDS allows you to view and manage the following instant tasks:Creating DB ins", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing a Task,Task Center,User Guide", @@ -2940,7 +2957,7 @@ "uri":"rds_task_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_task_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"164", + "code":"165", "des":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Task Record,Task Center,User Guide", @@ -2958,7 +2975,7 @@ "uri":"rds_tag.html", "node_id":"rds_tag.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"165", + "code":"166", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management Service (TMS),Managing Tags,Working with RDS for MySQL,User Guide", @@ -2976,7 +2993,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"166", + "code":"167", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Working with RDS for PostgreSQL", @@ -2994,7 +3011,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001_02.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0001_02.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"167", + "code":"168", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Migration", @@ -3012,7 +3029,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"168", + "code":"169", "des":"PostgreSQL supports logical backups. You can use the pg_dump logical backup function to export backup files and then import them to RDS using psql.You can access RDS DB i", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"PostgreSQL,pg_dump,Migrating Data to RDS for PostgreSQL Using psql,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -3030,7 +3047,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"169", + "code":"170", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Tuning", @@ -3048,7 +3065,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_10_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_10_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"170", + "code":"171", "des":"Parameters are key configuration items in a database system. Improper parameter settings may adversely affect the stable running of databases. This section describes some", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Suggestions on PostgreSQL Parameter Tuning,Parameter Tuning,User Guide", @@ -3066,7 +3083,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_07_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_07_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"171", + "code":"172", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management", @@ -3084,7 +3101,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_07_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_07_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"172", + "code":"173", "des":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS,RDS,Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide", @@ -3102,7 +3119,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_07_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_07_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"173", + "code":"174", "des":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS Custom Policies,Permissions Management,User Guide", @@ -3120,7 +3137,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"174", + "code":"175", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Lifecycle", @@ -3138,7 +3155,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"175", + "code":"176", "des":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one,Creating a Same DB Instance as", @@ -3156,7 +3173,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_stop.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_stop.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"176", + "code":"177", "des":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop pay-per-use instances to save money. You can stop an instance for up to seven days.If you s", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Stopping an Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -3174,7 +3191,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_start.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_start.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"177", + "code":"178", "des":"You can stop your instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.If you start a primary instance, read repli", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Starting an Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -3192,7 +3209,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"178", + "code":"179", "des":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -3210,7 +3227,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"179", + "code":"180", "des":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"instance items,edit columns,Selecting Displayed Items,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -3228,7 +3245,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"180", + "code":"181", "des":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -3246,7 +3263,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"181", + "code":"182", "des":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Deleting a Read Replica,Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica,Instance Lifec", @@ -3264,7 +3281,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_recycle.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_recycle.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"182", + "code":"183", "des":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read replicas,Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -3282,7 +3299,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"183", + "code":"184", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Modifications", @@ -3300,7 +3317,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"184", + "code":"185", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.When any new minor version is released to address vulnerabiliti", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Upgrading a Minor Version,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3318,7 +3335,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_modify_instance_name.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"185", + "code":"186", "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"name,Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3336,7 +3353,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_modify_availability.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_modify_availability.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"186", + "code":"187", "des":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"failover priority,Changing the Failover Priority,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3354,7 +3371,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_scale_rds.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_scale_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"187", + "code":"188", "des":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CPU or memory,Changing a DB Instance Class,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3372,7 +3389,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_scale_cluster.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_scale_cluster.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"188", + "code":"189", "des":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,scale up storage space,Scaling up Storage Space,Instance Modifications,User G", @@ -3390,7 +3407,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001989983141.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"189", + "code":"190", "des":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Storage Autoscaling,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3408,7 +3425,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"190", + "code":"191", "des":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing the Maintenance Window,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3426,7 +3443,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"191", + "code":"192", "des":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances,Changing a DB Instance Type from Single t", @@ -3444,7 +3461,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_switch_ha.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_switch_ha.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"192", + "code":"193", "des":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3462,7 +3479,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0060.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0060.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"193", + "code":"194", "des":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.DDL operations and scheduled events will be suspended during migration. To preve", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -3480,7 +3497,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"194", + "code":"195", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read Replicas", @@ -3498,7 +3515,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"195", + "code":"196", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affec", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replicas,Introducing Read Replicas,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -3516,7 +3533,7 @@ "uri":"rds_add_read_replica_pg.html", "node_id":"rds_add_read_replica_pg.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"196", + "code":"197", "des":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.You can create read replicas as needed.A maximum of five read replicas", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -3534,7 +3551,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"197", + "code":"198", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replica,Managing a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -3552,7 +3569,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"198", + "code":"199", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backups and Restorations", @@ -3570,7 +3587,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_backup_restore.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"199", + "code":"200", "des":"RDS supports backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup time window for your DB instances. RDS saves automated ba", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"backups and restorations,Automated backups,Manual backups,Working with Backups,Backups and Restorati", @@ -3588,7 +3605,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0027.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0027.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"200", + "code":"201", "des":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring an Automated Backup Policy,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -3606,7 +3623,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0028.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0028.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"201", + "code":"202", "des":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create manual backups,Creating a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -3624,7 +3641,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"202", + "code":"203", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"download a manual or an automated backup file,full backup files,Downloading a Full Backup File,Backu", @@ -3642,7 +3659,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0138.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0138.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"203", + "code":"204", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"automated backup,incremental backup files,Downloading an Incremental Backup File,Backups and Restora", @@ -3660,7 +3677,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0030.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0030.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"204", + "code":"205", "des":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for PostgreSQL,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -3678,7 +3695,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"205", + "code":"206", "des":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for PostgreSQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you en", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"to a specified point in time,RDS for PostgreSQL,restoration to a new, the original,,Restoring a DB I", @@ -3696,7 +3713,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"206", + "code":"207", "des":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"replicate a manual or an automated backup,Replicating a Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -3714,7 +3731,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0033.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0033.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"207", + "code":"208", "des":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -3732,7 +3749,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"208", + "code":"209", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", @@ -3750,7 +3767,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_parameter_group.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"209", + "code":"210", "des":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3768,7 +3785,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_configuration.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_configuration.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"210", + "code":"211", "des":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can change parameter values in custom parameter templates only and canno", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying Instance Parameters,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3786,7 +3803,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_08_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_08_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"211", + "code":"212", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3804,7 +3821,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"212", + "code":"213", "des":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Compare,Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3822,7 +3839,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"213", + "code":"214", "des":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3840,7 +3857,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0036.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0036.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"214", + "code":"215", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3858,7 +3875,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0037.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0037.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"215", + "code":"216", "des":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3876,7 +3893,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"216", + "code":"217", "des":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3894,7 +3911,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"217", + "code":"218", "des":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3912,7 +3929,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"218", + "code":"219", "des":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3930,7 +3947,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"219", + "code":"220", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -3948,7 +3965,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"220", + "code":"221", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", @@ -3966,7 +3983,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"221", + "code":"222", "des":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change floating IP addresses,automatically-assigned IP address,change the floating IP address,Config", @@ -3984,7 +4001,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_public_accessibility.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_public_accessibility.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"222", + "code":"223", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP,Connection Management,User Guide", @@ -4002,7 +4019,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_change_database_port.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"223", + "code":"224", "des":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica,Changing a Database Port,Connect", @@ -4020,7 +4037,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_11_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_11_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"224", + "code":"225", "des":"You can use the pgAdmin client to connect to an RDS DB instance.The pgAdmin version must be 4 or later.Prepare an ECS or a device that can access RDS DB instances.To conn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"pgAdmin,Connecting to a DB Instance Through pgAdmin,Connection Management,User Guide", @@ -4038,7 +4055,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0046.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0046.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"225", + "code":"226", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Plugin Management", @@ -4056,7 +4073,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0070.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0070.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"226", + "code":"227", "des":"RDS allows you to install and uninstall plugins on the console.RDS for PostgreSQL plugins only take effect on the databases you created the plugins for. To use a plugin o", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin on the RDS Console,Plugin Management,User Guide", @@ -4074,7 +4091,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0043.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0043.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"227", + "code":"228", "des":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL plugin management solution for user root. Except the following plugins, you need to manually create other plugins by referring to this section", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin Using SQL Commands,Plugin Management,User Guide", @@ -4092,7 +4109,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0045.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0045.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"228", + "code":"229", "des":"The following table lists the plugins supported by the latest minor versions of RDS for PostgreSQL. You can use SELECT name FROM pg_available_extensions; to view the plug", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Supported Plugins,Plugin Management,User Guide", @@ -4110,7 +4127,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0062.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0062.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"229", + "code":"230", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports the pgvector plugin, which allows for vector data type and vector similarity search. This plugin supports:Exact and approximate nearest neighb", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Using pgvector,Plugin Management,User Guide", @@ -4128,7 +4145,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"230", + "code":"231", "des":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL tablespace management solution based on user root.# psql --host=--port= --dbname=--username=root -c\"select cont", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"PostgreSQL tablespace,Tablespace Management,Working with RDS for PostgreSQL,User Guide", @@ -4146,7 +4163,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"231", + "code":"232", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Security", @@ -4164,7 +4181,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_reset_password.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"232", + "code":"233", "des":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"reset the administrator password,RDS,Resetting the Administrator Password,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -4182,7 +4199,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"233", + "code":"234", "des":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -4200,7 +4217,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0041.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0041.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"234", + "code":"235", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Metrics and Alarms", @@ -4218,7 +4235,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"235", + "code":"236", "des":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Displayed Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -4236,7 +4253,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"236", + "code":"237", "des":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"alarm rule,Setting Alarm Rules,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -4254,7 +4271,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"237", + "code":"238", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -4272,7 +4289,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"238", + "code":"239", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Interconnection with CTS", @@ -4290,7 +4307,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"239", + "code":"240", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS),Key Operations Supported by CTS,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", @@ -4308,7 +4325,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_06_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_06_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"240", + "code":"241", "des":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Tracing Events,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", @@ -4326,7 +4343,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_001.html", "node_id":"rds_08_001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"241", + "code":"242", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", @@ -4344,7 +4361,7 @@ "uri":"rds_recent_log.html", "node_id":"rds_recent_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"242", + "code":"243", "des":"Error logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Error Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -4362,7 +4379,7 @@ "uri":"slow_query_log-pg.html", "node_id":"slow_query_log-pg.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"243", + "code":"244", "des":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed the log_min_duration_statement value. You can view log details to identify statements that are slowly executed and optimize ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Slow Query Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -4380,7 +4397,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"244", + "code":"245", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center", @@ -4398,7 +4415,7 @@ "uri":"rds_task_pg_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_task_pg_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"245", + "code":"246", "des":"You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasC", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing a Task,Task Center,User Guide", @@ -4416,7 +4433,7 @@ "uri":"rds_task_pg_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_task_pg_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"246", + "code":"247", "des":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Task Record,Task Center,User Guide", @@ -4434,7 +4451,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0048.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0048.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"247", + "code":"248", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Major Version Upgrade", @@ -4452,7 +4469,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_05_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_05_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"248", + "code":"249", "des":"RDS for PostgreSQL allows you to upgrade the major version of your DB instance in either of the following methods:Upgrade without cutover: You can use it to test service ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Upgrading the Major Version of a DB Instance on the Console,Major Version Upgrade,User Guide", @@ -4470,7 +4487,7 @@ "uri":"rds_pg_tag.html", "node_id":"rds_pg_tag.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"249", + "code":"250", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management Service (TMS),Managing Tags,Working with RDS for PostgreSQL,User Guide", @@ -4488,7 +4505,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"250", + "code":"251", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Working with RDS for SQL Server", @@ -4506,7 +4523,7 @@ "uri":"rds_mssql_10_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_mssql_10_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"251", + "code":"252", "des":"Do not use instances with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB memory for production workloads. Such instances are provided only for experience testing.Use instances with at least 4 vCPUs an", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Suggestions on Using RDS for SQL Server,Working with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", @@ -4524,7 +4541,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0001_02.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0001_02.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"252", + "code":"253", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Migration", @@ -4542,7 +4559,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"253", + "code":"254", "des":"You can access RDS DB instances through an EIP or ECS.Prepare an ECS for accessing DB instances in the same VPC or prepare a device for accessing RDS through an EIP. To c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Migrating Data to RDS for SQL Server Using SQL Server Management Studio,Data Migration,User Guide", @@ -4560,7 +4577,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_07_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"254", + "code":"255", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Permissions Management", @@ -4578,7 +4595,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_07_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"255", + "code":"256", "des":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS,RDS,Creating a User and Granting Permissions,Permissions Management,User Guide", @@ -4596,7 +4613,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_07_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"256", + "code":"257", "des":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"RDS,RDS Custom Policies,Permissions Management,User Guide", @@ -4614,7 +4631,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"257", + "code":"258", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Lifecycle", @@ -4632,7 +4649,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"258", + "code":"259", "des":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one,Creating a Same DB Instance as", @@ -4650,7 +4667,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"259", + "code":"260", "des":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -4668,7 +4685,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"260", + "code":"261", "des":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"instance items,edit columns,Selecting Displayed Items,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -4686,7 +4703,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0017.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0017.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"261", + "code":"262", "des":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting DB Instance Information,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -4704,7 +4721,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0030.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0030.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"262", + "code":"263", "des":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a DB Instance,Deleting a Read Replica,Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica,Instance Lifec", @@ -4722,7 +4739,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_recycle.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_recycle.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"263", + "code":"264", "des":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read replicas,Recycling a DB Instance,Instance Lifecycle,User Guide", @@ -4740,7 +4757,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"264", + "code":"265", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Instance Modifications", @@ -4758,7 +4775,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"265", + "code":"266", "des":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"name,Changing a DB Instance Name,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -4776,7 +4793,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"266", + "code":"267", "des":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"failover priority,Changing the Failover Priority,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -4794,7 +4811,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"267", + "code":"268", "des":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"CPU or memory,Changing a DB Instance Class,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -4812,7 +4829,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"268", + "code":"269", "des":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,scale up storage space,Scaling up Storage Space,Instance Modifications,User G", @@ -4830,7 +4847,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001990102985.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"269", + "code":"270", "des":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Autoscaling,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -4848,7 +4865,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"270", + "code":"271", "des":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances,Changing a DB Instance Type from Single t", @@ -4866,7 +4883,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"271", + "code":"272", "des":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances,Instance Modifications,User Guide", @@ -4884,7 +4901,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_11_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"272", + "code":"273", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Read Replicas", @@ -4902,7 +4919,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_11_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"273", + "code":"274", "des":"Only RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition and 2017 Enterprise Edition support read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instan", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replicas,Introducing Read Replicas,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -4920,7 +4937,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_03_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"274", + "code":"275", "des":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After a DB instance has been created, you can create read replicas for", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create read replicas,read replicas,Creating a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -4938,7 +4955,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_11_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"275", + "code":"276", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"read replica,Managing a Read Replica,Read Replicas,User Guide", @@ -4956,7 +4973,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"276", + "code":"277", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backups and Restorations", @@ -4974,7 +4991,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_backup_restore.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_backup_restore.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"277", + "code":"278", "des":"RDS supports DB instance backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup period of your DB instances. RDS saves automa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"backups and restorations,Automated backups,Manual backups,Working with Backups,Backups and Restorati", @@ -4992,7 +5009,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"278", + "code":"279", "des":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5010,7 +5027,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0010.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0010.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"279", + "code":"280", "des":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"create manual backups,Creating a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5028,7 +5045,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"280", + "code":"281", "des":"This section describes how to download a manual backup or an automated backup to a local device and restore data from the backup file.If the size of the backup data is gr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"automated backup,Downloading a Backup File,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5046,7 +5063,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"281", + "code":"282", "des":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created.Alternatively, click the target DB inst", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for SQL Server,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5064,7 +5081,7 @@ "uri":"rds_05_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_05_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"282", + "code":"283", "des":"You can download backup files by referring to section Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them. You can use SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) to connect to ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built SQL Server Database,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5082,7 +5099,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"283", + "code":"284", "des":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for Microsoft SQL Server supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.I", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"restoration to a new, the original,Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time,Backups and Restoratio", @@ -5100,7 +5117,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"284", + "code":"285", "des":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"replicate a manual or an automated backup,Replicating a Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5118,7 +5135,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0101.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0101.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"285", + "code":"286", "des":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Manual Backup,Backups and Restorations,User Guide", @@ -5136,7 +5153,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0102.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0102.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"286", + "code":"287", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Parameter Template Management", @@ -5154,7 +5171,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_parameter_group.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_parameter_group.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"287", + "code":"288", "des":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Creating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5172,7 +5189,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_configuration.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_configuration.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"288", + "code":"289", "des":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying Parameters,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5190,7 +5207,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_08_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_08_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"289", + "code":"290", "des":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Exporting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5208,7 +5225,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0103.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0103.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"290", + "code":"291", "des":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Compare,Comparing Parameter Templates,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5226,7 +5243,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0099.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0099.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"291", + "code":"292", "des":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Parameter Change History,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5244,7 +5261,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0104.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0104.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"292", + "code":"293", "des":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Replicating a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5262,7 +5279,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0105.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0105.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"293", + "code":"294", "des":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resetting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5280,7 +5297,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"294", + "code":"295", "des":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Applying a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5298,7 +5315,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"295", + "code":"296", "des":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5316,7 +5333,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0106.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0106.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"296", + "code":"297", "des":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5334,7 +5351,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0107.html", "node_id":"rds_10_0107.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"297", + "code":"298", "des":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Parameter Template,Parameter Template Management,User Guide", @@ -5352,7 +5369,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"298", + "code":"299", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Connection Management", @@ -5370,7 +5387,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"299", + "code":"300", "des":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change floating IP addresses,self-configured floating IP address,Configuring and Changing a Floating", @@ -5388,7 +5405,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"300", + "code":"301", "des":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP,Connection Management,User Guide", @@ -5406,7 +5423,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"301", + "code":"302", "des":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica,Changing a Database Port,Connect", @@ -5424,7 +5441,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"302", + "code":"303", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Data Security", @@ -5442,7 +5459,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"303", + "code":"304", "des":"You can reset the administrator password only through the primary DB instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"reset the administrator password,Resetting the Administrator Password,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -5460,7 +5477,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"304", + "code":"305", "des":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Changing a Security Group,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -5478,7 +5495,7 @@ "uri":"rds_11_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_11_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"305", + "code":"306", "des":"Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) encrypts data files and backup files using certificates to implement real-time I/O encryption and decryption. This function effectively ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring the TDE Function,Data Security,User Guide", @@ -5496,7 +5513,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_01_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"306", + "code":"307", "des":"The participator, transaction-supported server, resource server, and transaction manager of a distributed transaction are deployed on different nodes in a distributed sys", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Distributed Transactions,Working with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", @@ -5514,7 +5531,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"307", + "code":"308", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Metrics and Alarms", @@ -5532,7 +5549,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"308", + "code":"309", "des":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Configuring Displayed Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -5550,7 +5567,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"309", + "code":"310", "des":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"alarm rule,Setting Alarm Rules,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -5568,7 +5585,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"310", + "code":"311", "des":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics,Metrics and Alarms,User Guide", @@ -5586,7 +5603,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_01_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"311", + "code":"312", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Interconnection with CTS", @@ -5604,7 +5621,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"312", + "code":"313", "des":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS),Key Operations Supported by CTS,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", @@ -5622,7 +5639,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_06_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"313", + "code":"314", "des":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing Tracing Events,Interconnection with CTS,User Guide", @@ -5640,7 +5657,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_log.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_log.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"314", + "code":"315", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", @@ -5658,7 +5675,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_01_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"315", + "code":"316", "des":"System logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing System Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -5676,7 +5693,7 @@ "uri":"slow_query_log-sqlserver.html", "node_id":"slow_query_log-sqlserver.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"316", + "code":"317", "des":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time (1 second by default). You can view log details to identify statements that are executing slowly and optimiz", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing and Downloading Slow Query Logs,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -5694,7 +5711,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_05_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"317", + "code":"318", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Task Center", @@ -5712,7 +5729,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_task_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"318", + "code":"319", "des":"You can view the progress and results of tasks on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasChanging sin", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Viewing a Task,Task Center,User Guide", @@ -5730,7 +5747,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_task_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"319", + "code":"320", "des":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Deleting a Task Record,Task Center,User Guide", @@ -5748,7 +5765,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"320", + "code":"321", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Usage of Stored Procedures", @@ -5766,7 +5783,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0009.html", "node_id":"rds_09_0009.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"321", + "code":"322", "des":"You can use a stored procedure to update statistics to improve query performance.An RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB instance has been connected. For details about how to conn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Updating Database Statistics,Usage of Stored Procedures,User Guide", @@ -5784,7 +5801,7 @@ "uri":"rds_sqlserver_tag.html", "node_id":"rds_sqlserver_tag.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"322", + "code":"323", "des":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Tag Management Service (TMS),Managing Tags,Working with RDS for SQL Server,User Guide", @@ -5802,7 +5819,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0000.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0000.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"323", + "code":"324", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"FAQs", @@ -5820,7 +5837,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0146.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0146.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"324", + "code":"325", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Product Consulting", @@ -5838,7 +5855,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"325", + "code":"326", "des":"DB instance operating systems (OSs) are invisible to you. Your applications can access a database only through an IP address and a port.The backup files stored in Object ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Pay Attention to When Using RDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -5856,7 +5873,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0002.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0002.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"326", + "code":"327", "des":"Calculation formula for RDS DB instance availability:DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Availability of RDS DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -5874,7 +5891,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0003.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0003.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"327", + "code":"328", "des":"Currently, DB instance cannot be created using a template.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Use a Template to Create DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -5892,7 +5909,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0004.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0004.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"328", + "code":"329", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Are the Differences Between RDS and Other Database Solutions?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -5910,7 +5927,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0005.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0005.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"329", + "code":"330", "des":"No. Your RDS DB instances and resources are isolated from other users' DB instances.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will My RDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other User Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -5928,7 +5945,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0073.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0073.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"330", + "code":"331", "des":"Yes. RDS supports cross-AZ high availability. When you create primary/standby DB instances, you can select different AZs for them.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does RDS Support Cross-AZ High Availability?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -5946,7 +5963,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0104.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0104.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"331", + "code":"332", "des":"No. RDS single DB instances can be changed to primary/standby DB instances, but not the other way around.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can RDS Primary/Standby DB Instances Be Changed to Single DB Instances?,Product Consulting,User Guid", @@ -5964,7 +5981,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0110.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0110.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"332", + "code":"333", "des":"The default code is utf8. You need to convert the default code to Unicode in the exported Excel file.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If Garbled Characters Are Displayed After SQL Query Results Are Exported to an Exce", @@ -5982,7 +5999,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0008.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0008.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"333", + "code":"334", "des":"To solve this problem:Check the performance of RDS DB instances on the RDS console.Compare the database connection status of local databases and RDS DB instances. This pr", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Can I Do About Slow Respond of Websites When They Use RDS?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -6000,7 +6017,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0065.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0065.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"334", + "code":"335", "des":"RDS provides the high availability. Select the primary/standby mode.Also called an unplanned handover. If the primary DB instance fails, the system will automatically swi", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Does a Cloud Database Perform a Primary/Standby Switchover?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -6018,7 +6035,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0013.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0013.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"335", + "code":"336", "des":"Multiple ECSs can connect to the same RDS DB instance as long as the capability limits of a database are not exceeded.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can Multiple ECSs Connect to the Same RDS DB Instance?,Product Consulting,User Guide", @@ -6036,7 +6053,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0094.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0094.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"336", + "code":"337", "des":"An error shown in Figure 1 is reported on SQL Server Management Studio when a database is being deleted from RDS SQL Server primary/standby DB instances.The database 'xxx", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is an Error Reported When I Attempt to Delete a Database from RDS SQL Server Primary/Standby DB ", @@ -6054,7 +6071,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0145.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0145.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"337", + "code":"338", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Resource and Disk Management", @@ -6072,7 +6089,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0049.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0049.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"338", + "code":"339", "des":"The following logs and files occupy RDS storage space.If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.If d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"scale up storage space,Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy RDS Storage Space?,Resource and Disk Man", @@ -6090,7 +6107,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0047.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0047.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"339", + "code":"340", "des":"Both your common data (excluding backup data) and the data required for the operation of your DB instances (such as system database data, rollback logs, redo logs, and in", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of My RDS DB Instances?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -6108,7 +6125,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0048.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0048.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"340", + "code":"341", "des":"The storage space you applied for will include space for the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operations.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for an RDS DB Instance?,Resource and Disk ", @@ -6126,7 +6143,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0082.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0082.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"341", + "code":"342", "des":"Data Definition Language (DDL) operations may increase storage space usage sharply. To ensure that services are running properly, do not perform DDL operations during pea", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Much Storage Space Is Required for DDL Operations?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -6144,7 +6161,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0006.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0006.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"342", + "code":"343", "des":"There are no limitations on the number of DB instances running on RDS.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Many DB Instances Can Run on RDS?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -6162,7 +6179,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0007.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0007.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"343", + "code":"344", "des":"The maximum number of databases that can run on an RDS DB instance depends on the DB engine settings.If there are enough CPU, memory, and storage resources, there are no ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Many Databases Can Run on an RDS DB Instance?,Resource and Disk Management,User Guide", @@ -6180,7 +6197,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0141.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0141.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"344", + "code":"345", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Connection", @@ -6198,7 +6215,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0018.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0018.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"345", + "code":"346", "des":"For a DB instance that has an EIP bound, you can access it through the EIP.Enable a VPN in a VPC and use the VPN to connect to the RDS DB instance.Create an RDS and an EC", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can an External Server Access the RDS Database?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -6216,7 +6233,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0019.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0019.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"346", + "code":"347", "des":"The number of database connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to a database, and is irrelevant to the maximum number of use", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Do I Do If the Number of RDS Database Connections Reaches the Upper Limit?,Database Connection,", @@ -6234,7 +6251,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0055.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0055.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"347", + "code":"348", "des":"RDS does not have constraints on the number of connections. This number is determined by the default value and value range of the DB engine. For example, you can set max_", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the Maximum Number of Connections to an RDS DB Instance?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -6252,7 +6269,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0057.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0057.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"348", + "code":"349", "des":"For details about how to create an ECS, see the Elastic Cloud Server User Guide.If you connect to an RDS DB instance through a private network, ensure that the ECS and DB", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Create and Connect to an ECS?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -6270,7 +6287,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0020.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0020.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"349", + "code":"350", "des":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If they are in the same VPC, go to 2.If they are in different VPCs, create an ECS in the VPC in which the RDS DB insta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to an RDS DB Instance Through a Private Network?,Database ", @@ -6288,7 +6305,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0021.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0021.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"350", + "code":"351", "des":"Troubleshoot RDS connection failures caused by a client problem by checking the following items:ECS Security PolicyIn Windows, check whether the RDS instance port is enab", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If a Database Client Problem Causes a Connection Failure?,Database Connection,User ", @@ -6306,7 +6323,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0022.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0022.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"351", + "code":"352", "des":"Check whether any of the following problems occurred on the RDS DB instance.The RDS DB instance is not properly connected.Solution: Check the connection. If you connect t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an RDS Database Problem Causes a Connection Failure?,Database Connection,User Gu", @@ -6324,7 +6341,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0023.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0023.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"352", + "code":"353", "des":"Ensure that the ECS in which your applications are located is in the same VPC as the RDS DB instance. If the ECS and the RDS DB instance are in different VPCs, modify the", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do My Applications Access an RDS DB Instance in a VPC?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -6342,7 +6359,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0024.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0024.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"353", + "code":"354", "des":"It is recommended that your applications support automatic reconnections to the database. After a database reboot, your applications will automatically reconnect to the d", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Do Applications Need to Support Reconnecting to the RDS DB Instance Automatically?,Database Connecti", @@ -6360,7 +6377,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0050.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0050.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"354", + "code":"355", "des":"Although the SSL certificate is optional if you choose to connect to a database through Java database connectivity (JDBC), download an SSL certificate to encrypt the conn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Connect to a PostgreSQL Database Through JDBC?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -6378,7 +6395,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0100.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0100.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"355", + "code":"356", "des":"Check whether the ECS can connect to the RDS DB instance.If the ECS cannot connect to the RDS DB instance, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are located in the sa", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If an RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB Instance Failed to Be Connected?,Database Connect", @@ -6396,7 +6413,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0101.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0101.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"356", + "code":"357", "des":"By default, RDS DB instances cannot be accessed over an intranet across regions. Cloud services in different regions cannot communicate with each other over an intranet. ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Access an RDS DB Instance Over an Intranet Connection Across Regions?,Database Connection,User", @@ -6414,7 +6431,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0111.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0111.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"357", + "code":"358", "des":"For DB instances connected using SSL, a primary/standby switchover or failover does not interrupt the connection because the SSL certificate is still valid for both the p", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Is an SSL Connection to a DB Instance Interrupted After a Primary/Standby Switchover or Failover?,Da", @@ -6432,7 +6449,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0070.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0070.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"358", + "code":"359", "des":"MySQL supports SSL connections. Different from other vendors, RDS for MySQL enables the SSL connection on the database server by default. When you use a client to connect", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does MySQL Support SSL Connections?,Database Connection,User Guide", @@ -6450,7 +6467,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0034.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0034.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"359", + "code":"360", "des":"You may have restored from a backup before you reset the administrator password.Check whether the DB instance was restored after you reset the administrator password.Log ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Did the New Password Not Take Effect After I Reset the Administrator Password?,Database Connecti", @@ -6468,7 +6485,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0155.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0155.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"360", + "code":"361", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Migration", @@ -6486,7 +6503,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0026.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0026.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"361", + "code":"362", "des":"The mysqldump or pg_dump tool is easy to use for data migration. However, when you use this tool, the server is stopped for a long period of time during data migration. O", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Do I Need to Use the mysqldump or pg_dump Tools for Migration?,Database Migration,User Guide", @@ -6504,7 +6521,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0025.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0025.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"362", + "code":"363", "des":"Exporting or importing data between DB engines of the same type is called homogeneous database export or import.Exporting or importing data between DB engines of differen", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Types of DB Engines Does RDS Support for Importing Data?,Database Migration,User Guide", @@ -6522,7 +6539,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0154.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0154.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"363", + "code":"364", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Permission", @@ -6540,7 +6557,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0075.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0075.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"364", + "code":"365", "des":"Most relational database cloud service platforms do not provide super permissions for the root user. The super permissions allow users to execute many management commands", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the Root User Not Have the Super Permissions?,Database Permission,User Guide", @@ -6558,7 +6575,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0144.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0144.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"365", + "code":"366", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Storage", @@ -6576,7 +6593,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0041.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0041.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"366", + "code":"367", "des":"The database storage engine is a core service for storing, processing, and protecting data. It can be used to control access permissions and rapidly process transactions ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Storage Engines Does the RDS for MySQL Support?,Database Storage,User Guide", @@ -6594,7 +6611,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0045.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0045.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"367", + "code":"368", "des":"RDS uses Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks for storage. For details about EVS disks, see Elastic Volume Service Product Introduction.The RDS backup data is stored in OBS", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Is the RDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?,Database Storage,User Guide", @@ -6612,7 +6629,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0076.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0076.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"368", + "code":"369", "des":"No. After an RDS DB instance is created, the storage type cannot be changed.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Change the Storage Type of an RDS DB Instance from Common I/O to Ultra-high I/O?,Database Stor", @@ -6630,7 +6647,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0046.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0046.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"369", + "code":"370", "des":"There is not enough storage available for an RDS DB instance and the DB instance has entered read-only status, or applications can no longer read from or write to the dat", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Available Storage of an RDS DB Instance?,Database Storage,Us", @@ -6648,7 +6665,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0152.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0152.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"370", + "code":"371", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Client Installation", @@ -6666,7 +6683,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0027.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0027.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"371", + "code":"372", "des":"MySQL provides client installation packages for different OSs on its official website. MySQL 8.0 is used as an example. You can download the latest version or any other v", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install the MySQL Client?,Client Installation,User Guide", @@ -6684,7 +6701,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0029.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0029.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"372", + "code":"373", "des":"PostgreSQL provides client installation methods for different OSs on its official website.The following describes how to install a PostgreSQL 15 client in CentOS.When you", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install the PostgreSQL Client?,Client Installation,User Guide", @@ -6702,7 +6719,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0032.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0032.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"373", + "code":"374", "des":"The Microsoft SQL Server official website provides the SQL Server Management Studio installation package. SQL Server Management Studio applications can run in the Windows", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Install SQL Server Management Studio?,Client Installation,User Guide", @@ -6720,7 +6737,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0098.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0098.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"374", + "code":"375", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Backup and Restoration", @@ -6738,7 +6755,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0043.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0043.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"375", + "code":"376", "des":"Automated backup data is kept based on the backup retention period you specified. There is no limit for the manual backup retention period. You can delete manual backups ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Does RDS Store Backup Data For?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -6756,7 +6773,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0044.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0044.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"376", + "code":"377", "des":"A backup window is a user-specified time during which RDS DB instances are backed up. With these periodic data backups, RDS allows you to restore DB instances to the back", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can My Database Be Used in the Backup Window?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -6774,7 +6791,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0042.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0042.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"377", + "code":"378", "des":"You can back up data to an ECS the same way you export SQL statements. The ECS service does not have restrictions on the types of data to be backed up as long as the data", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Back Up an RDS Database to an ECS?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -6792,7 +6809,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0053.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0053.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"378", + "code":"379", "des":"Automated backups may fail for the following reasons:The network environment is unstable due to issues such as network delay or interruption. RDS will detect these proble", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Has My Automated Backup Failed?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -6810,7 +6827,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0014.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0014.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"379", + "code":"380", "des":"When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups are also deleted but its manual backups are retained.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Happens to Database Backups After an RDS DB Instance Is Deleted?,Backup and Restoration,User Gu", @@ -6828,7 +6845,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0015.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0015.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"380", + "code":"381", "des":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -6846,7 +6863,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0012.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0012.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"381", + "code":"382", "des":"RDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check if there have been any misoperations and restore the data from backup files,", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Is a Table or Data Missing from My Database?,Backup and Restoration,User Guide", @@ -6864,7 +6881,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0151.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0151.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"382", + "code":"383", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Monitoring", @@ -6882,7 +6899,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0036.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0036.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"383", + "code":"384", "des":"You need to pay attention to CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure the system to report alarms based on service requirements and take measures to handle ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Which DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?,Database Monitoring,User Guide", @@ -6900,7 +6917,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0150.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0150.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"384", + "code":"385", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Capacity Expansion and Specification Change", @@ -6918,7 +6935,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0016.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0016.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"385", + "code":"386", "des":"Currently, you can scale up storage space and change the CPU or memory of a DB instance.When storage space is being scaled up, RDS DB instances are still available and se", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Are My RDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?,Capacity Expansion and Specification Change,User Gui", @@ -6936,7 +6953,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0035.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0035.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"386", + "code":"387", "des":"The DB instance is in Faulty state after the original database port is changed.The DB instance cannot be connected using the new database port.The submitted database port", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Why Does the DB Instance Become Faulty After the Original Database Port Is Changed?,Capacity Expansi", @@ -6954,7 +6971,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0142.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0142.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"387", + "code":"388", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Database Parameter Modification", @@ -6972,7 +6989,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0031.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0031.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"388", + "code":"389", "des":"In the following cases, inappropriate parameter settings cause the database to be unavailable:Parameter value ranges are related to DB instance specifications.The maximum", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Inappropriate Parameter Settings Cause Unavailability of the PostgreSQL Database?,Database Para", @@ -6990,7 +7007,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0119.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0119.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"389", + "code":"390", "des":"PostgreSQL 10, PostgreSQL 11, PostgreSQL 12 and PostgreSQL 13 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.To use test_", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Does RDS for PostgreSQL Support the test_decoding Plugin?,Database Parameter Modification,User Guide", @@ -7008,7 +7025,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0092.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0092.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"390", + "code":"391", "des":"When you add NDF files of the custom database and the tempdb database, do not place them in the C drive. If you place them in the C drive, the system disk space will be u", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Where Should I Store the NDF Files for Microsoft SQL Server?,Database Parameter Modification,User Gu", @@ -7026,7 +7043,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0149.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0149.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"391", + "code":"392", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Log Management", @@ -7044,7 +7061,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0078.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0078.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"392", + "code":"393", "des":"Generally, the delay is 5 minutes. If the size of slow query logs reaches 10 MB within 5 minutes, the logs will be uploaded to OBS.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Long Is the Delay for RDS MySQL Slow Query Logs?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -7062,7 +7079,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0077.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0077.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"393", + "code":"394", "des":"The slow query threshold is 5 seconds.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What's the Slow Query Threshold for Microsoft SQL Server?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -7080,7 +7097,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0059.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0059.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"394", + "code":"395", "des":"EXECUTE master.dbo.rds_read_errorlogFileID,LogType,FilterText,FilterBeginTime,FilterEndTimeFileID: indicates the ID of an error log. The value 0 indicates the latest logs", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Obtain Microsoft SQL Server Error Logs Using Commands?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -7098,7 +7115,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0120.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0120.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"395", + "code":"396", "des":"Sorry, statistics on RDS slow query logs cannot be exported.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Can I Export Statistics on RDS Slow Query Logs?,Log Management,User Guide", @@ -7116,7 +7133,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0143.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0143.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"396", + "code":"397", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Network Security", @@ -7134,7 +7151,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0038.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0038.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"397", + "code":"398", "des":"RDS runs your DB instances in a VPC, ensuring that the DB instances are isolated from other services.RDS uses security groups to ensure that only trusted sources can acce", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"What Security Protection Policies Does RDS Have?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -7152,7 +7169,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0040.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0040.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"398", + "code":"399", "des":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of RDS in a VPC. In addition, an ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Ensure the Security of RDS DB Instances in a VPC?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -7170,7 +7187,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0039.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0039.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"399", + "code":"400", "des":"When you access RDS through an EIP, service data will be transmitted on the public network. To prevent any potential data breaches, you are advised to use SSL to encrypt ", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can Data Security Be Ensured During Transmission When I Access RDS Through an EIP?,Network Secur", @@ -7188,7 +7205,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0056.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0056.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"400", + "code":"401", "des":"If you enable public accessibility, your EIP DNS and database port may be vulnerable to hacking. To protect information such as your EIP, DNS, database port, database acc", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Prevent Untrusted Source IP Addresses from Accessing RDS?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -7206,7 +7223,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0054.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0054.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"401", + "code":"402", "des":"When you attempt to connect to a DB instance through a private network, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are in the same security group.If the ECS and RDS DB ins", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Do I Configure a Security Group to Enable Access to RDS DB Instances?,Network Security,User Guid", @@ -7224,7 +7241,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0052.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0052.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"402", + "code":"403", "des":"Click Start and choose Run. In the displayed Run dialog box, enter MMC and press Enter.On the displayed console, choose File > Add/Remove Snap-in.In the left Available sn", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -7242,7 +7259,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0051.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0051.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"403", + "code":"404", "des":"When you connect to an RDS MySQL DB instance using an SSL connection, run the following command to check whether the certificate has expired:Update the root certificate t", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -7260,7 +7277,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0011.html", "node_id":"rds_faq_0011.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"404", + "code":"405", "des":"Data tamperingLots of security measures are provided to ensure that only authenticated users have permissions to perform operations on database table records. Database ta", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"How Can I Identify Data Corruption?,Network Security,User Guide", @@ -7278,7 +7295,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001191146839.html", "node_id":"en-us_topic_0000001191146839.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"405", + "code":"406", "des":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Change History,User Guide", @@ -7296,7 +7313,7 @@ "uri":"rds_glossary_0001.html", "node_id":"rds_glossary_0001.xml", "product_code":"rds", - "code":"406", + "code":"407", "des":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.", "doc_type":"usermanual", "kw":"Glossary,User Guide", diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json b/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json index 9e33688e..d98ca1c6 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json +++ b/docs/rds/umn/CLASS.TXT.json @@ -251,6 +251,15 @@ "p_code":"1", "code":"28" }, + { + "desc":"RDS for MySQL extends the lifecycle of MySQL Community Edition. New versions are released during the extended period only to fix issues that severely affect the security ", + "product_code":"rds", + "title":"RDS for MySQL Versioning Policy", + "uri":"en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html", + "doc_type":"usermanual", + "p_code":"28", + "code":"29" + }, { "desc":"The PostgreSQL community releases a new major version containing new features about once a year. Each major version receives bug fixes and, if need be, security fixes tha", "product_code":"rds", @@ -258,7 +267,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000002023864553.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"28", - "code":"29" + "code":"30" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -267,7 +276,7 @@ "uri":"index.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"30" + "code":"31" }, { "desc":"You can create and connect to DB instances on the RDS console.", @@ -275,8 +284,8 @@ "title":"Operation Guide", "uri":"en-us_topic_0046585334.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"31" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"32" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to create a DB instance on the management console.The DB instance class and storage space you need depend on your processing power and memory r", @@ -284,8 +293,8 @@ "title":"Step 1: Create a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_02_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"32" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"33" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -293,8 +302,8 @@ "title":"Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_02_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"30", - "code":"33" + "p_code":"31", + "code":"34" }, { "desc":"An RDS DB instance can be connected through a private network or a public network.VPC: indicates the Virtual Private Cloud.ECS: indicates the Elastic Cloud Server.If the ", @@ -302,8 +311,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_02_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"33", - "code":"34" + "p_code":"34", + "code":"35" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -311,8 +320,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Private Network", "uri":"rds_02_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"33", - "code":"35" + "p_code":"34", + "code":"36" }, { "desc":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a MySQL DB instance through a private network.", @@ -320,8 +329,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"en-us_topic_apply_for_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"36" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"37" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -329,8 +338,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"rds_02_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"37" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"38" }, { "desc":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.You have logged in to an ECS.To co", @@ -338,8 +347,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Private Network", "uri":"rds_02_0047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"35", - "code":"38" + "p_code":"36", + "code":"39" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -347,8 +356,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to an RDS for MySQL DB Instance Through a Public Network", "uri":"rds_02_0048.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"33", - "code":"39" + "p_code":"34", + "code":"40" }, { "desc":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a MySQL DB instance through a public network.", @@ -356,8 +365,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"rds_02_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"39", - "code":"40" + "p_code":"40", + "code":"41" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility and can un", @@ -365,8 +374,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"rds_02_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"39", - "code":"41" + "p_code":"40", + "code":"42" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -374,8 +383,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"rds_02_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"39", - "code":"42" + "p_code":"40", + "code":"43" }, { "desc":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.An EIP has been bound to the targe", @@ -383,8 +392,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Public Network", "uri":"en-us_topic_connect_instance.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"39", - "code":"43" + "p_code":"40", + "code":"44" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -393,7 +402,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0063.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"44" + "code":"45" }, { "desc":"You can create and connect to DB instances on the RDS console.", @@ -401,8 +410,8 @@ "title":"Operation Guide", "uri":"rds_02_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"45" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"46" }, { "desc":"You can create DB instances using the RDS console or APIs. For details about how to create DB instances using APIs, see \"Creating a DB Instance\" in the Relational Databas", @@ -410,8 +419,8 @@ "title":"Step 1: Create a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_03_0065.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"46" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"47" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -419,8 +428,8 @@ "title":"Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_02_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"44", - "code":"47" + "p_code":"45", + "code":"48" }, { "desc":"An RDS DB instance can be connected through a private network or a public network.VPC: indicates the Virtual Private Cloud.ECS: indicates the Elastic Cloud Server.If the ", @@ -428,8 +437,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_03_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"47", - "code":"48" + "p_code":"48", + "code":"49" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -437,8 +446,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Private Network", "uri":"rds_02_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"47", - "code":"49" + "p_code":"48", + "code":"50" }, { "desc":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a PostgreSQL DB instance through a private network.", @@ -446,8 +455,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"rds_02_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"50" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"51" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -455,8 +464,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"rds_02_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"51" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"52" }, { "desc":"You can use the PostgreSQL client psql to connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection is encrypted and therefore more s", @@ -464,8 +473,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through psql", "uri":"rds_02_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"49", - "code":"52" + "p_code":"50", + "code":"53" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -473,8 +482,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a PostgreSQL DB Instance Through a Public Network", "uri":"rds_02_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"47", - "code":"53" + "p_code":"48", + "code":"54" }, { "desc":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a PostgreSQL DB instance through a public network.", @@ -482,8 +491,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"rds_02_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"53", - "code":"54" + "p_code":"54", + "code":"55" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility and can un", @@ -491,8 +500,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"rds_03_0064.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"53", - "code":"55" + "p_code":"54", + "code":"56" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -500,8 +509,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"rds_02_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"53", - "code":"56" + "p_code":"54", + "code":"57" }, { "desc":"You can use the PostgreSQL client psql to connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection is encrypted and therefore more s", @@ -509,8 +518,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through psql", "uri":"rds_02_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"53", - "code":"57" + "p_code":"54", + "code":"58" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -519,7 +528,7 @@ "uri":"rds_03_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"58" + "code":"59" }, { "desc":"You can create and connect to DB instances on the RDS console.", @@ -527,8 +536,8 @@ "title":"Operation Guide", "uri":"rds_03_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"59" + "p_code":"59", + "code":"60" }, { "desc":"You can create DB instances using the RDS console or APIs. For details about how to create DB instances using APIs, see the \"Creating a DB Instance\" section in the Relati", @@ -536,8 +545,8 @@ "title":"Step 1: Create a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_04_0061.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"60" + "p_code":"59", + "code":"61" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -545,8 +554,8 @@ "title":"Step 2: Connect to a DB Instance", "uri":"en-us_topic_0053089697.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"58", - "code":"61" + "p_code":"59", + "code":"62" }, { "desc":"An RDS DB instance can be connected through a private network or a public network.VPC: indicates the Virtual Private Cloud.ECS: indicates the Elastic Cloud Server.If the ", @@ -554,8 +563,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_04_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"61", - "code":"62" + "p_code":"62", + "code":"63" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -563,8 +572,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Private Network", "uri":"rds_03_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"61", - "code":"63" + "p_code":"62", + "code":"64" }, { "desc":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server DB instance through a private network.", @@ -572,8 +581,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"rds_03_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"63", - "code":"64" + "p_code":"64", + "code":"65" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -581,8 +590,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"rds_03_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"63", - "code":"65" + "p_code":"64", + "code":"66" }, { "desc":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.Prepare an ECS.To connect to a DB ", @@ -590,8 +599,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Private Network", "uri":"rds_03_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"63", - "code":"66" + "p_code":"64", + "code":"67" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -599,8 +608,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a SQL Server DB Instance Through a Public Network", "uri":"rds_03_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"61", - "code":"67" + "p_code":"62", + "code":"68" }, { "desc":"Figure 1 illustrates the process of connecting to a Microsoft SQL Server DB instance through a public network.", @@ -608,8 +617,8 @@ "title":"Overview", "uri":"rds_03_0066.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"67", - "code":"68" + "p_code":"68", + "code":"69" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility and can un", @@ -617,8 +626,8 @@ "title":"Binding an EIP", "uri":"rds_03_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"67", - "code":"69" + "p_code":"68", + "code":"70" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -626,8 +635,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Security Group Rules", "uri":"rds_03_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"67", - "code":"70" + "p_code":"68", + "code":"71" }, { "desc":"You can connect to a DB instance through a non-SSL connection or an SSL connection. The SSL connection encrypts data and is more secure.Install the Microsoft SQL Server c", @@ -635,8 +644,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through a Public Network", "uri":"rds_03_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"67", - "code":"71" + "p_code":"68", + "code":"72" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -645,7 +654,7 @@ "uri":"rds_08_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"72" + "code":"73" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -653,8 +662,8 @@ "title":"Data Migration", "uri":"rds_05_0001_02.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"73" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"74" }, { "desc":"You can access RDS DB instances through an EIP or through an ECS.Prepare an ECS for accessing DB instances in the same VPC or prepare a device for accessing RDS through a", @@ -662,8 +671,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Data to RDS for MySQL Using mysqldump", "uri":"rds_migration_mysql.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"73", - "code":"74" + "p_code":"74", + "code":"75" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -671,8 +680,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Tuning", "uri":"rds_08_00000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"75" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"76" }, { "desc":"Parameters are key configuration items in a database system. Improper parameter settings may adversely affect the stable running of databases. This section describes some", @@ -680,8 +689,8 @@ "title":"Suggestions on MySQL Parameter Tuning", "uri":"rds_08_00001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"75", - "code":"76" + "p_code":"76", + "code":"77" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -689,8 +698,8 @@ "title":"Permissions Management", "uri":"rds_07_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"77" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"78" }, { "desc":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", @@ -698,8 +707,8 @@ "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "uri":"rds_07_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"78" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"79" }, { "desc":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", @@ -707,8 +716,8 @@ "title":"RDS Custom Policies", "uri":"rds_07_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"77", - "code":"79" + "p_code":"78", + "code":"80" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -716,8 +725,8 @@ "title":"Instance Lifecycle", "uri":"rds_05_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"80" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"81" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", @@ -725,8 +734,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Same DB Instance as an Existing DB Instance", "uri":"rds_05_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"81" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"82" }, { "desc":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop pay-per-use DB instances to save money. You can stop a DB instance for up to seven days.If ", @@ -734,8 +743,8 @@ "title":"Stopping a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_05_0057.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"82" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"83" }, { "desc":"You can stop your DB instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your DB instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.If you start a primary DB instance, r", @@ -743,8 +752,8 @@ "title":"Starting a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_05_0058.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"83" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"84" }, { "desc":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", @@ -752,8 +761,8 @@ "title":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_08_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"84" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"85" }, { "desc":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", @@ -761,8 +770,8 @@ "title":"Selecting Displayed Items", "uri":"rds_08_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"85" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"86" }, { "desc":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", @@ -770,8 +779,8 @@ "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "uri":"rds_05_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"86" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"87" }, { "desc":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", @@ -779,8 +788,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica", "uri":"rds_08_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"87" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"88" }, { "desc":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", @@ -788,8 +797,8 @@ "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_mysql_recycle.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"80", - "code":"88" + "p_code":"81", + "code":"89" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -797,8 +806,8 @@ "title":"Instance Modifications", "uri":"rds_05_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"89" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"90" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.The upgrade will cause the DB instance to reboot and interrupt servi", @@ -806,8 +815,8 @@ "title":"Upgrading a Minor Version", "uri":"rds_05_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"90" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"91" }, { "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", @@ -815,8 +824,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"rds_modify_instance_name.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"91" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"92" }, { "desc":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", @@ -824,8 +833,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Failover Priority", "uri":"rds_modify_availability.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"92" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"93" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", @@ -833,8 +842,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Class", "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"93" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"94" }, { "desc":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", @@ -842,8 +851,8 @@ "title":"Scaling up Storage Space", "uri":"en-us_topic_scale_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"94" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"95" }, { "desc":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage of a rea", @@ -851,8 +860,8 @@ "title":"Storage Autoscaling", "uri":"rds_05_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"95" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"96" }, { "desc":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", @@ -860,8 +869,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Maintenance Window", "uri":"rds_05_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"96" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"97" }, { "desc":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability. This operation does not affect the services running on the ", @@ -869,8 +878,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby", "uri":"rds_05_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"97" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"98" }, { "desc":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", @@ -878,8 +887,8 @@ "title":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances", "uri":"rds_switch_ha.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"98" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"99" }, { "desc":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.Primary/standby instances running MySQL 5.6, 5.7, or 8.0 support standby instanc", @@ -887,8 +896,8 @@ "title":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance", "uri":"rds_05_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"89", - "code":"99" + "p_code":"90", + "code":"100" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -896,8 +905,8 @@ "title":"Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_11_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"100" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"101" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affected. ", @@ -905,8 +914,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_11_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"101" + "p_code":"101", + "code":"102" }, { "desc":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After DB instances are created, you can create read replicas for them.", @@ -914,8 +923,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Read Replica", "uri":"en-us_topic_add_read_replica.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"102" + "p_code":"101", + "code":"103" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -923,8 +932,8 @@ "title":"Managing a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_11_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"100", - "code":"103" + "p_code":"101", + "code":"104" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -932,8 +941,8 @@ "title":"Backups and Restorations", "uri":"rds_05_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"104" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"105" }, { "desc":"RDS supports backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup time window for your DB instances. RDS saves automated ba", @@ -941,8 +950,8 @@ "title":"Working with Backups", "uri":"en-us_topic_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"105" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"106" }, { "desc":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", @@ -950,8 +959,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy", "uri":"rds_08_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"106" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"107" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", @@ -959,8 +968,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_08_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"107" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"108" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for MySQL enables you to download ", @@ -968,8 +977,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Backup File", "uri":"rds_08_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"108" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"109" }, { "desc":"RDS for MySQL allows you to download binlog backup files to your client computer and use them to restore DB instances if necessary.You can also select the binlog backups ", @@ -977,8 +986,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Binlog Backup File", "uri":"rds_03_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"109" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"110" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", @@ -986,8 +995,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to DB Instances", "uri":"rds_08_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"110" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"111" }, { "desc":"You can download backup files by referring to Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them.Backup data cannot be restored to local databases that run the Windows ", @@ -995,8 +1004,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built MySQL Database", "uri":"rds_08_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"111" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"112" }, { "desc":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for MySQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you enter t", @@ -1004,8 +1013,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"rds_08_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"112" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"113" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", @@ -1013,8 +1022,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Backup", "uri":"rds_08_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"113" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"114" }, { "desc":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", @@ -1022,8 +1031,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_08_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"104", - "code":"114" + "p_code":"105", + "code":"115" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1031,8 +1040,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Template Management", "uri":"rds_08_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"115" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"116" }, { "desc":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", @@ -1040,8 +1049,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"en-us_topic_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"116" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"117" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", @@ -1049,8 +1058,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Parameters", "uri":"rds_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"117" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"118" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to import new parameter templates for future use. To apply an imported parameter template to new DB instances, see Applying a Parameter Template.Only param", @@ -1058,8 +1067,8 @@ "title":"Importing a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"118" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"119" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", @@ -1067,8 +1076,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"119" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"120" }, { "desc":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", @@ -1076,8 +1085,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"rds_08_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"120" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"121" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", @@ -1085,8 +1094,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"rds_05_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"121" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"122" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", @@ -1094,8 +1103,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"122" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"123" }, { "desc":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", @@ -1103,8 +1112,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"123" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"124" }, { "desc":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed.The parameter innodb_buffer_pool_size is determined by the memory. DB instances of different specifications ha", @@ -1112,8 +1121,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_05_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"124" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"125" }, { "desc":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", @@ -1121,8 +1130,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_05_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"125" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"126" }, { "desc":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", @@ -1130,8 +1139,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description", "uri":"rds_08_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"126" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"127" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", @@ -1139,8 +1148,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_08_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"115", - "code":"127" + "p_code":"116", + "code":"128" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1148,8 +1157,8 @@ "title":"Connection Management", "uri":"rds_05_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"128" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"129" }, { "desc":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", @@ -1157,8 +1166,8 @@ "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "uri":"rds_05_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"129" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"130" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", @@ -1166,8 +1175,8 @@ "title":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP", "uri":"rds_public_accessibility.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"130" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"131" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", @@ -1175,8 +1184,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Database Port", "uri":"rds_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"131" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"132" }, { "desc":"A security group is a collection of access control rules for ECSs and RDS DB instances that have the same security protection requirements and are mutually trusted in a V", @@ -1184,8 +1193,8 @@ "title":"Configuring a Security Group Rule", "uri":"rds_11_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"128", - "code":"132" + "p_code":"129", + "code":"133" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1193,8 +1202,8 @@ "title":"Database Proxy (Read/Write Splitting)", "uri":"rds_11_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"133" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"134" }, { "desc":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. You can enable read/write splitting after read rep", @@ -1202,8 +1211,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read/Write Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"134" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"135" }, { "desc":"In most cases, an RDS for MySQL proxy instance sends all requests in transactions to the primary DB instance to ensure transaction correctness. However, in some framework", @@ -1211,8 +1220,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Transaction Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"135" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"136" }, { "desc":"Read/write splitting enables read and write requests to be automatically routed through a read/write splitting address. This section describes how to enable read/write sp", @@ -1220,8 +1229,8 @@ "title":"Enabling Read/Write Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"136" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"137" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can configure the delay threshold and routing policy as required.The system automatically distributes weights to read replicas,", @@ -1229,8 +1238,8 @@ "title":"Configuring the Delay Threshold and Routing Policy", "uri":"rds_11_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"137" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"138" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the read/write splitting address.Changing the read/write splitting address will interrupt database connections and s", @@ -1238,8 +1247,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Read/Write Splitting Address", "uri":"rds_11_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"138" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"139" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (vCPU or memory) of a DB proxy instance as required. If the DB instance status changes from Changing proxy instance class to Available, ", @@ -1247,8 +1256,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Instance Class of a DB Proxy Instance", "uri":"rds_11_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"139" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"140" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, you can change the number of proxy nodes as required.Read/write splitting has been enabled.The primary DB instance, read replicas, ", @@ -1256,8 +1265,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Number of Proxy Nodes", "uri":"rds_11_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"140" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"141" }, { "desc":"You can manually upgrade the RDS for MySQL database proxy to the latest kernel version to improve performance, add new functions, and fix problems.Intermittent disconnect", @@ -1265,8 +1274,8 @@ "title":"Upgrading the Kernel Version of Database Proxy", "uri":"rds_11_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"141" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"142" }, { "desc":"If load balancing is enabled for a database proxy instance, the security group associated with the proxy instance does not apply. You need to use access control to grant ", @@ -1274,8 +1283,8 @@ "title":"Enabling or Disabling Access Control", "uri":"rds_11_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"142" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"143" }, { "desc":"You can disable read/write splitting as required.If the database proxy is disabled, read/write splitting is also disabled and services using the read/write splitting addr", @@ -1283,8 +1292,8 @@ "title":"Disabling Read/Write Splitting", "uri":"rds_11_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"143" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"144" }, { "desc":"This section describes the rules of distributing read weights to DB instances of different specifications.When the system automatically sets the read weights for DB insta", @@ -1292,8 +1301,8 @@ "title":"Rules for Distributing Weights", "uri":"rds_11_0020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"144" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"145" }, { "desc":"After read/write splitting is enabled, databases can be connected through a read/write splitting address. You can use internal SQL commands to verify the read/write split", @@ -1301,8 +1310,8 @@ "title":"Testing Read/Write Splitting Performance", "uri":"rds_11_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"133", - "code":"145" + "p_code":"134", + "code":"146" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1310,8 +1319,8 @@ "title":"Data Security", "uri":"rds_05_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"146" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"147" }, { "desc":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", @@ -1319,8 +1328,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"rds_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"147" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"148" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", @@ -1328,8 +1337,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"rds_08_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"146", - "code":"148" + "p_code":"147", + "code":"149" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1337,8 +1346,8 @@ "title":"Metrics and Alarms", "uri":"rds_08_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"149" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"150" }, { "desc":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the RDS metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their na", @@ -1346,8 +1355,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Displayed Metrics", "uri":"rds_06_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"149", - "code":"150" + "p_code":"150", + "code":"151" }, { "desc":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", @@ -1355,8 +1364,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"rds_06_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"149", - "code":"151" + "p_code":"150", + "code":"152" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", @@ -1364,8 +1373,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"rds_06_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"149", - "code":"152" + "p_code":"150", + "code":"153" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1373,8 +1382,8 @@ "title":"Interconnection with CTS", "uri":"rds_08_0020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"153" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"154" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", @@ -1382,8 +1391,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"rds_06_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"154" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"155" }, { "desc":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", @@ -1391,8 +1400,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Tracing Events", "uri":"rds_06_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"153", - "code":"155" + "p_code":"154", + "code":"156" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1400,8 +1409,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_08_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"156" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"157" }, { "desc":"RDS log management allows you to view database-level logs, including error logs and slow SQL query logs.Error logs contain warning- and error-level logs generated during ", @@ -1409,8 +1418,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Error Logs", "uri":"rds_mysql_error_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"156", - "code":"157" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"158" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time. You can use these logs to identify and optimize the statements that are executing slowly.RDS supports the f", @@ -1418,8 +1427,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Slow Query Logs", "uri":"rds_mysql_slow_query_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"156", - "code":"158" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"159" }, { "desc":"You can view failover or switchover logs of MySQL DB instances to evaluate the impact on services.Only failover and switchover logs within 30 days are displayed.", @@ -1427,8 +1436,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Failover/Switchover Logs", "uri":"rds_switch_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"156", - "code":"159" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"160" }, { "desc":"After you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be recorded in log files. You can download audit logs to view log details.By default, SQL audit is disabl", @@ -1436,8 +1445,8 @@ "title":"Enabling the SQL Audit Function", "uri":"rds_sql_auditing_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"156", - "code":"160" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"161" }, { "desc":"If you enable the SQL audit function, all SQL operations will be logged, and you can download audit logs to view details. By default, the SQL audit function is disabled. ", @@ -1445,8 +1454,8 @@ "title":"Downloading SQL Audit Logs", "uri":"rds_download_sql_auditing_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"156", - "code":"161" + "p_code":"157", + "code":"162" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1454,8 +1463,8 @@ "title":"Task Center", "uri":"rds_05_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"162" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"163" }, { "desc":"You can view the progress and results of scheduled and instant tasks on the Task Center page.RDS allows you to view and manage the following instant tasks:Creating DB ins", @@ -1463,8 +1472,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Task", "uri":"rds_task_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"162", - "code":"163" + "p_code":"163", + "code":"164" }, { "desc":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", @@ -1472,8 +1481,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Task Record", "uri":"rds_task_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"162", - "code":"164" + "p_code":"163", + "code":"165" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", @@ -1481,8 +1490,8 @@ "title":"Managing Tags", "uri":"rds_tag.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"72", - "code":"165" + "p_code":"73", + "code":"166" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1491,7 +1500,7 @@ "uri":"rds_09_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"166" + "code":"167" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1499,8 +1508,8 @@ "title":"Data Migration", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001_02.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"167" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"168" }, { "desc":"PostgreSQL supports logical backups. You can use the pg_dump logical backup function to export backup files and then import them to RDS using psql.You can access RDS DB i", @@ -1508,8 +1517,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Data to RDS for PostgreSQL Using psql", "uri":"rds_09_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"167", - "code":"168" + "p_code":"168", + "code":"169" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1517,8 +1526,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Tuning", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"169" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"170" }, { "desc":"Parameters are key configuration items in a database system. Improper parameter settings may adversely affect the stable running of databases. This section describes some", @@ -1526,8 +1535,8 @@ "title":"Suggestions on PostgreSQL Parameter Tuning", "uri":"rds_pg_10_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"169", - "code":"170" + "p_code":"170", + "code":"171" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1535,8 +1544,8 @@ "title":"Permissions Management", "uri":"rds_pg_07_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"171" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"172" }, { "desc":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", @@ -1544,8 +1553,8 @@ "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "uri":"rds_pg_07_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"171", - "code":"172" + "p_code":"172", + "code":"173" }, { "desc":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", @@ -1553,8 +1562,8 @@ "title":"RDS Custom Policies", "uri":"rds_pg_07_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"171", - "code":"173" + "p_code":"172", + "code":"174" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1562,8 +1571,8 @@ "title":"Instance Lifecycle", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"174" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"175" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", @@ -1571,8 +1580,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Same DB Instance as an Existing DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"175" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"176" }, { "desc":"If you use DB instances only for routine development, you can temporarily stop pay-per-use instances to save money. You can stop an instance for up to seven days.If you s", @@ -1580,8 +1589,8 @@ "title":"Stopping an Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_stop.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"176" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"177" }, { "desc":"You can stop your instance temporarily to save money. After stopping your instance, you can restart it to begin using it again.If you start a primary instance, read repli", @@ -1589,8 +1598,8 @@ "title":"Starting an Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_start.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"177" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"178" }, { "desc":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", @@ -1598,8 +1607,8 @@ "title":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_09_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"178" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"179" }, { "desc":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", @@ -1607,8 +1616,8 @@ "title":"Selecting Displayed Items", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"179" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"180" }, { "desc":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", @@ -1616,8 +1625,8 @@ "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"180" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"181" }, { "desc":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", @@ -1625,8 +1634,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica", "uri":"rds_09_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"181" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"182" }, { "desc":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", @@ -1634,8 +1643,8 @@ "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_recycle.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"174", - "code":"182" + "p_code":"175", + "code":"183" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1643,8 +1652,8 @@ "title":"Instance Modifications", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"183" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"184" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports minor version upgrades to improve performance, add new functions, and fix bugs.When any new minor version is released to address vulnerabiliti", @@ -1652,8 +1661,8 @@ "title":"Upgrading a Minor Version", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"184" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"185" }, { "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", @@ -1661,8 +1670,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"rds_pg_modify_instance_name.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"185" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"186" }, { "desc":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", @@ -1670,8 +1679,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Failover Priority", "uri":"rds_pg_modify_availability.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"186" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"187" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", @@ -1679,8 +1688,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Class", "uri":"rds_pg_scale_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"187" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"188" }, { "desc":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", @@ -1688,8 +1697,8 @@ "title":"Scaling up Storage Space", "uri":"rds_pg_scale_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"188" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"189" }, { "desc":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", @@ -1697,8 +1706,8 @@ "title":"Storage Autoscaling", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"189" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"190" }, { "desc":"The maintenance window is 02:00–06:00 by default and you can change it as required. To prevent service interruptions, you are advised to set the maintenance window to off", @@ -1706,8 +1715,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Maintenance Window", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"190" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"191" }, { "desc":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", @@ -1715,8 +1724,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"191" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"192" }, { "desc":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", @@ -1724,8 +1733,8 @@ "title":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances", "uri":"rds_pg_switch_ha.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"192" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"193" }, { "desc":"You can migrate a standby DB instance to another AZ in the same region as the original AZ.DDL operations and scheduled events will be suspended during migration. To preve", @@ -1733,8 +1742,8 @@ "title":"Migrating a Standby DB Instance", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0060.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"183", - "code":"193" + "p_code":"184", + "code":"194" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1742,8 +1751,8 @@ "title":"Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"194" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"195" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instance may be unable to handle the read pressure and service performance may be affec", @@ -1751,8 +1760,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"194", - "code":"195" + "p_code":"195", + "code":"196" }, { "desc":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.You can create read replicas as needed.A maximum of five read replicas", @@ -1760,8 +1769,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_add_read_replica_pg.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"194", - "code":"196" + "p_code":"195", + "code":"197" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1769,8 +1778,8 @@ "title":"Managing a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"194", - "code":"197" + "p_code":"195", + "code":"198" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1778,8 +1787,8 @@ "title":"Backups and Restorations", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"198" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"199" }, { "desc":"RDS supports backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup time window for your DB instances. RDS saves automated ba", @@ -1787,8 +1796,8 @@ "title":"Working with Backups", "uri":"rds_pg_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"199" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"200" }, { "desc":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", @@ -1796,8 +1805,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Automated Backup Policy", "uri":"rds_09_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"200" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"201" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", @@ -1805,8 +1814,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_09_0028.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"201" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"202" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", @@ -1814,8 +1823,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Full Backup File", "uri":"rds_09_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"202" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"203" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual or an automated backup file to a local device and restore data from the backup file.RDS for PostgreSQL enables you to down", @@ -1823,8 +1832,8 @@ "title":"Downloading an Incremental Backup File", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0138.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"203" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"204" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created. The restoration is at the DB instance ", @@ -1832,8 +1841,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for PostgreSQL", "uri":"rds_09_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"204" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"205" }, { "desc":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for PostgreSQL supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.When you en", @@ -1841,8 +1850,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"rds_09_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"205" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"206" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", @@ -1850,8 +1859,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Backup", "uri":"rds_09_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"206" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"207" }, { "desc":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", @@ -1859,8 +1868,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_09_0033.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"198", - "code":"207" + "p_code":"199", + "code":"208" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1868,8 +1877,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Template Management", "uri":"rds_09_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"208" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"209" }, { "desc":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", @@ -1877,8 +1886,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"209" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"210" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can change parameter values in custom parameter templates only and canno", @@ -1886,8 +1895,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Instance Parameters", "uri":"rds_pg_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"210" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"211" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", @@ -1895,8 +1904,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_08_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"211" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"212" }, { "desc":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", @@ -1904,8 +1913,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"rds_09_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"212" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"213" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", @@ -1913,8 +1922,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"213" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"214" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", @@ -1922,8 +1931,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_09_0036.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"214" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"215" }, { "desc":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", @@ -1931,8 +1940,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_09_0037.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"215" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"216" }, { "desc":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", @@ -1940,8 +1949,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"216" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"217" }, { "desc":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", @@ -1949,8 +1958,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"217" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"218" }, { "desc":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", @@ -1958,8 +1967,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description", "uri":"rds_09_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"218" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"219" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", @@ -1967,8 +1976,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_09_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"208", - "code":"219" + "p_code":"209", + "code":"220" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -1976,8 +1985,8 @@ "title":"Connection Management", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"220" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"221" }, { "desc":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", @@ -1985,8 +1994,8 @@ "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"220", - "code":"221" + "p_code":"221", + "code":"222" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", @@ -1994,8 +2003,8 @@ "title":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP", "uri":"rds_pg_public_accessibility.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"220", - "code":"222" + "p_code":"221", + "code":"223" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", @@ -2003,8 +2012,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Database Port", "uri":"rds_pg_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"220", - "code":"223" + "p_code":"221", + "code":"224" }, { "desc":"You can use the pgAdmin client to connect to an RDS DB instance.The pgAdmin version must be 4 or later.Prepare an ECS or a device that can access RDS DB instances.To conn", @@ -2012,8 +2021,8 @@ "title":"Connecting to a DB Instance Through pgAdmin", "uri":"rds_pg_11_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"220", - "code":"224" + "p_code":"221", + "code":"225" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2021,8 +2030,8 @@ "title":"Plugin Management", "uri":"rds_09_0046.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"225" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"226" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to install and uninstall plugins on the console.RDS for PostgreSQL plugins only take effect on the databases you created the plugins for. To use a plugin o", @@ -2030,8 +2039,8 @@ "title":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin on the RDS Console", "uri":"rds_09_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"225", - "code":"226" + "p_code":"226", + "code":"227" }, { "desc":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL plugin management solution for user root. Except the following plugins, you need to manually create other plugins by referring to this section", @@ -2039,8 +2048,8 @@ "title":"Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin Using SQL Commands", "uri":"rds_09_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"225", - "code":"227" + "p_code":"226", + "code":"228" }, { "desc":"The following table lists the plugins supported by the latest minor versions of RDS for PostgreSQL. You can use SELECT name FROM pg_available_extensions; to view the plug", @@ -2048,8 +2057,8 @@ "title":"Supported Plugins", "uri":"rds_09_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"225", - "code":"228" + "p_code":"226", + "code":"229" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL supports the pgvector plugin, which allows for vector data type and vector similarity search. This plugin supports:Exact and approximate nearest neighb", @@ -2057,8 +2066,8 @@ "title":"Using pgvector", "uri":"rds_09_0062.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"225", - "code":"229" + "p_code":"226", + "code":"230" }, { "desc":"RDS provides the PostgreSQL tablespace management solution based on user root.# psql --host=--port= --dbname=--username=root -c\"select cont", @@ -2066,8 +2075,8 @@ "title":"Tablespace Management", "uri":"rds_09_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"230" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"231" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2075,8 +2084,8 @@ "title":"Data Security", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"231" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"232" }, { "desc":"You can reset the administrator password of a primary instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed the administrat", @@ -2084,8 +2093,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"rds_pg_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"231", - "code":"232" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"233" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", @@ -2093,8 +2102,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"rds_09_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"231", - "code":"233" + "p_code":"232", + "code":"234" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2102,8 +2111,8 @@ "title":"Metrics and Alarms", "uri":"rds_09_0041.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"234" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"235" }, { "desc":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", @@ -2111,8 +2120,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Displayed Metrics", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"234", - "code":"235" + "p_code":"235", + "code":"236" }, { "desc":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", @@ -2120,8 +2129,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"234", - "code":"236" + "p_code":"235", + "code":"237" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", @@ -2129,8 +2138,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"234", - "code":"237" + "p_code":"235", + "code":"238" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2138,8 +2147,8 @@ "title":"Interconnection with CTS", "uri":"rds_09_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"238" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"239" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", @@ -2147,8 +2156,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"239" + "p_code":"239", + "code":"240" }, { "desc":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", @@ -2156,8 +2165,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Tracing Events", "uri":"rds_pg_06_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"238", - "code":"240" + "p_code":"239", + "code":"241" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2165,8 +2174,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_08_001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"241" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"242" }, { "desc":"Error logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner ", @@ -2174,8 +2183,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Error Logs", "uri":"rds_recent_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"242" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"243" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed the log_min_duration_statement value. You can view log details to identify statements that are slowly executed and optimize ", @@ -2183,8 +2192,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Slow Query Logs", "uri":"slow_query_log-pg.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"241", - "code":"243" + "p_code":"242", + "code":"244" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2192,8 +2201,8 @@ "title":"Task Center", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"244" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"245" }, { "desc":"You can view the detailed progress and result of the task on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasC", @@ -2201,8 +2210,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Task", "uri":"rds_task_pg_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"245" + "p_code":"245", + "code":"246" }, { "desc":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", @@ -2210,8 +2219,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Task Record", "uri":"rds_task_pg_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"244", - "code":"246" + "p_code":"245", + "code":"247" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2219,8 +2228,8 @@ "title":"Major Version Upgrade", "uri":"rds_09_0048.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"247" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"248" }, { "desc":"RDS for PostgreSQL allows you to upgrade the major version of your DB instance in either of the following methods:Upgrade without cutover: You can use it to test service ", @@ -2228,8 +2237,8 @@ "title":"Upgrading the Major Version of a DB Instance on the Console", "uri":"rds_pg_05_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"247", - "code":"248" + "p_code":"248", + "code":"249" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", @@ -2237,8 +2246,8 @@ "title":"Managing Tags", "uri":"rds_pg_tag.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"166", - "code":"249" + "p_code":"167", + "code":"250" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2247,7 +2256,7 @@ "uri":"rds_10_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"250" + "code":"251" }, { "desc":"Do not use instances with 2 vCPUs and 4 GB memory for production workloads. Such instances are provided only for experience testing.Use instances with at least 4 vCPUs an", @@ -2255,8 +2264,8 @@ "title":"Suggestions on Using RDS for SQL Server", "uri":"rds_mssql_10_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"251" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"252" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2264,8 +2273,8 @@ "title":"Data Migration", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0001_02.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"252" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"253" }, { "desc":"You can access RDS DB instances through an EIP or ECS.Prepare an ECS for accessing DB instances in the same VPC or prepare a device for accessing RDS through an EIP. To c", @@ -2273,8 +2282,8 @@ "title":"Migrating Data to RDS for SQL Server Using SQL Server Management Studio", "uri":"rds_10_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"252", - "code":"253" + "p_code":"253", + "code":"254" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2282,8 +2291,8 @@ "title":"Permissions Management", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"254" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"255" }, { "desc":"This chapter describes how to use Identity and Access Management (IAM) for fine-grained permissions management for your RDS resources. With IAM, you can:Create IAM users ", @@ -2291,8 +2300,8 @@ "title":"Creating a User and Granting Permissions", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"254", - "code":"255" + "p_code":"255", + "code":"256" }, { "desc":"Custom policies can be created to supplement the system policies of RDS.You can create custom policies in either of the following two ways:Visual editor: Select cloud ser", @@ -2300,8 +2309,8 @@ "title":"RDS Custom Policies", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_07_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"254", - "code":"256" + "p_code":"255", + "code":"257" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2309,8 +2318,8 @@ "title":"Instance Lifecycle", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"257" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"258" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to quickly create a DB instance with the same configurations as the selected one.You can create DB instances with the same configurations numer", @@ -2318,8 +2327,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Same DB Instance as an Existing DB Instance", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"258" + "p_code":"258", + "code":"259" }, { "desc":"You may need to reboot a DB instance during maintenance. For example, after modifying some parameters, a reboot is required for the modifications to take effect. You can ", @@ -2327,8 +2336,8 @@ "title":"Rebooting DB Instances or Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_11_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"259" + "p_code":"258", + "code":"260" }, { "desc":"You can customize which instance items are displayed on the Instances page.The following items are displayed by default: DB instance name/ID, DB instance type, DB engine ", @@ -2336,8 +2345,8 @@ "title":"Selecting Displayed Items", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"260" + "p_code":"258", + "code":"261" }, { "desc":"You can export information about all or selected DB instances to view and analyze DB instance information.", @@ -2345,8 +2354,8 @@ "title":"Exporting DB Instance Information", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0017.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"261" + "p_code":"258", + "code":"262" }, { "desc":"To release resources, you can delete DB instances or read replicas as required on the Instances page.DB instances cannot be deleted when operations are being performed on", @@ -2354,8 +2363,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a DB Instance or Read Replica", "uri":"rds_11_0030.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"262" + "p_code":"258", + "code":"263" }, { "desc":"Deleted DB instances can be moved to the recycle bin. You can rebuild DB instances from the recycle bin. The DB engine, DB engine version, and storage type of the new DB ", @@ -2363,8 +2372,8 @@ "title":"Recycling a DB Instance", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_recycle.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"257", - "code":"263" + "p_code":"258", + "code":"264" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2372,8 +2381,8 @@ "title":"Instance Modifications", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"264" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"265" }, { "desc":"You can change the name of a primary DB instance or read replica.Alternatively, click the target DB instance to go to the Basic Information page. In the DB Instance Name ", @@ -2381,8 +2390,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Name", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_instance_name.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"265" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"266" }, { "desc":"You can configure the failover priority for reliability or for availability, depending on your service requirements.Reliability: This option is selected by default. Data ", @@ -2390,8 +2399,8 @@ "title":"Changing the Failover Priority", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_modify_availability.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"266" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"267" }, { "desc":"You can change the instance class (CPU or memory) of a DB instance as required. If the status of a DB instance changes from Changing instance class to Available, the chan", @@ -2399,8 +2408,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Class", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_rds.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"267" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"268" }, { "desc":"If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.You are advised to set alarm rules for the storage space u", @@ -2408,8 +2417,8 @@ "title":"Scaling up Storage Space", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_scale_cluster.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"268" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"269" }, { "desc":"With storage autoscaling enabled, when RDS detects that you are running out of database space, it automatically scales up your storage.Autoscaling up the storage space of", @@ -2417,8 +2426,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Autoscaling", "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"269" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"270" }, { "desc":"RDS enables you to change single DB instances to primary/standby DB instances to improve instance reliability.Primary/standby DB instances support automatic failover. If ", @@ -2426,8 +2435,8 @@ "title":"Changing a DB Instance Type from Single to Primary/Standby", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"270" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"271" }, { "desc":"If you choose to create primary/standby DB instances, RDS will create a primary DB instance and a synchronous standby DB instance in the same region. You can access the p", @@ -2435,8 +2444,8 @@ "title":"Manually Switching Between Primary and Standby DB Instances", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_switch_ha.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"264", - "code":"271" + "p_code":"265", + "code":"272" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2444,8 +2453,8 @@ "title":"Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"272" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"273" }, { "desc":"Only RDS for SQL Server 2022 Enterprise Edition, 2019 Enterprise Edition and 2017 Enterprise Edition support read replicas.In read-intensive scenarios, a single DB instan", @@ -2453,8 +2462,8 @@ "title":"Introducing Read Replicas", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"272", - "code":"273" + "p_code":"273", + "code":"274" }, { "desc":"Read replicas are used to enhance the read capabilities and reduce the load on primary DB instances.After a DB instance has been created, you can create read replicas for", @@ -2462,8 +2471,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_03_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"272", - "code":"274" + "p_code":"273", + "code":"275" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2471,8 +2480,8 @@ "title":"Managing a Read Replica", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_11_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"272", - "code":"275" + "p_code":"273", + "code":"276" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2480,8 +2489,8 @@ "title":"Backups and Restorations", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"276" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"277" }, { "desc":"RDS supports DB instance backups and restorations to ensure data reliability.Automated backups are created during the backup period of your DB instances. RDS saves automa", @@ -2489,8 +2498,8 @@ "title":"Working with Backups", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_backup_restore.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"277" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"278" }, { "desc":"When you create a DB instance, an automated backup policy is enabled by default. For security purposes, the automated backup policy cannot be disabled. After the DB insta", @@ -2498,8 +2507,8 @@ "title":"Configuring an Intra-Region Backup Policy", "uri":"rds_11_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"278" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"279" }, { "desc":"RDS allows you to create manual backups of a running primary DB instance. You can use these backups to restore data.When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups a", @@ -2507,8 +2516,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_11_0010.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"279" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"280" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to download a manual backup or an automated backup to a local device and restore data from the backup file.If the size of the backup data is gr", @@ -2516,8 +2525,8 @@ "title":"Downloading a Backup File", "uri":"rds_11_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"280" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"281" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to use an automated or manual backup to restore a DB instance to the status when the backup was created.Alternatively, click the target DB inst", @@ -2525,8 +2534,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to RDS for SQL Server", "uri":"rds_11_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"281" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"282" }, { "desc":"You can download backup files by referring to section Downloading a Backup File and restore data from them. You can use SQL Server Management Studio (SSMS) to connect to ", @@ -2534,8 +2543,8 @@ "title":"Restoring from Backup Files to a Self-Built SQL Server Database", "uri":"rds_05_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"282" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"283" }, { "desc":"You can restore from automated backups to a specified point in time.RDS for Microsoft SQL Server supports restoration to a new, the original, or an existing DB instance.I", @@ -2543,8 +2552,8 @@ "title":"Restoring a DB Instance to a Point in Time", "uri":"rds_11_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"283" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"284" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to replicate a manual or an automated backup. The new backup name must be different from the original backup name.You can replicate backups and", @@ -2552,8 +2561,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Backup", "uri":"rds_10_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"284" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"285" }, { "desc":"You can delete manual backups to free up backup storage.Deleted manual backups cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.The following backups ", @@ -2561,8 +2570,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Manual Backup", "uri":"rds_10_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"276", - "code":"285" + "p_code":"277", + "code":"286" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2570,8 +2579,8 @@ "title":"Parameter Template Management", "uri":"rds_10_0102.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"286" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"287" }, { "desc":"You can use database parameter templates to manage the DB engine configuration. A database parameter template acts as a container for engine configuration values that can", @@ -2579,8 +2588,8 @@ "title":"Creating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_parameter_group.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"287" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"288" }, { "desc":"You can modify parameters in a custom parameter template to optimize RDS database performance.You can only change parameter values in custom parameter templates. You cann", @@ -2588,8 +2597,8 @@ "title":"Modifying Parameters", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_configuration.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"288" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"289" }, { "desc":"You can export a parameter template of a DB instance for future use. You can also apply the exported parameter template to DB instances by referring to Applying a Paramet", @@ -2597,8 +2606,8 @@ "title":"Exporting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_08_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"289" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"290" }, { "desc":"You can compare DB instance parameters with a parameter template that uses the same DB engine to understand the differences of parameter settings.You can also compare def", @@ -2606,8 +2615,8 @@ "title":"Comparing Parameter Templates", "uri":"rds_10_0103.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"290" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"291" }, { "desc":"You can view the change history of DB instance parameters or custom parameter templates.An exported or custom parameter template has initially a blank change history.You ", @@ -2615,8 +2624,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Parameter Change History", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0099.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"291" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"292" }, { "desc":"You can replicate a parameter template you have created. When you have already created a parameter template and want to include most of the custom parameters and values f", @@ -2624,8 +2633,8 @@ "title":"Replicating a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_10_0104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"292" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"293" }, { "desc":"You can reset all parameters in a custom parameter template to their default settings.If the DB instance status is Parameter change. Pending reboot, a reboot is required ", @@ -2633,8 +2642,8 @@ "title":"Resetting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_10_0105.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"293" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"294" }, { "desc":"You can apply parameter templates to DB instances as needed. A parameter template can be applied only to DB instances of the same version.If you intend to apply a default", @@ -2642,8 +2651,8 @@ "title":"Applying a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"294" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"295" }, { "desc":"You can view the application records of a parameter template.You can view the name or ID of the DB instance that the parameter template applies to, as well as the applica", @@ -2651,8 +2660,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Application Records of a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"295" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"296" }, { "desc":"You can modify the description of a parameter template you have created.You cannot modify the description of a default parameter template.The description consists of a ma", @@ -2660,8 +2669,8 @@ "title":"Modifying a Parameter Template Description", "uri":"rds_10_0106.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"296" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"297" }, { "desc":"You can delete a custom parameter template that is no longer in use.Deleted parameter templates cannot be recovered. Exercise caution when performing this operation.Defau", @@ -2669,8 +2678,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Parameter Template", "uri":"rds_10_0107.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"286", - "code":"297" + "p_code":"287", + "code":"298" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2678,8 +2687,8 @@ "title":"Connection Management", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"298" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"299" }, { "desc":"You can change floating IP addresses after migrating on-premises databases or other cloud databases to RDS.After a floating IP address is changed, the domain name needs t", @@ -2687,8 +2696,8 @@ "title":"Configuring and Changing a Floating IP Address", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"298", - "code":"299" + "p_code":"299", + "code":"300" }, { "desc":"By default, a DB instance is not publicly accessible (not bound with an EIP) after being created. You can bind an EIP to a DB instance for public accessibility, and you c", @@ -2696,8 +2705,8 @@ "title":"Binding and Unbinding an EIP", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"298", - "code":"300" + "p_code":"299", + "code":"301" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the database port of a primary DB instance or a read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the database port of the pri", @@ -2705,8 +2714,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Database Port", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_change_database_port.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"298", - "code":"301" + "p_code":"299", + "code":"302" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2714,8 +2723,8 @@ "title":"Data Security", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"302" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"303" }, { "desc":"You can reset the administrator password only through the primary DB instance.You can also reset the password of your database account when using RDS.If you have changed ", @@ -2723,8 +2732,8 @@ "title":"Resetting the Administrator Password", "uri":"en-us_topic_sqlserver_reset_password.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"302", - "code":"303" + "p_code":"303", + "code":"304" }, { "desc":"This section describes how to change the security group of a primary DB instance or read replica. For primary/standby DB instances, changing the security group of the pri", @@ -2732,8 +2741,8 @@ "title":"Changing a Security Group", "uri":"rds_11_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"302", - "code":"304" + "p_code":"303", + "code":"305" }, { "desc":"Transparent Data Encryption (TDE) encrypts data files and backup files using certificates to implement real-time I/O encryption and decryption. This function effectively ", @@ -2741,8 +2750,8 @@ "title":"Configuring the TDE Function", "uri":"rds_11_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"302", - "code":"305" + "p_code":"303", + "code":"306" }, { "desc":"The participator, transaction-supported server, resource server, and transaction manager of a distributed transaction are deployed on different nodes in a distributed sys", @@ -2750,8 +2759,8 @@ "title":"Distributed Transactions", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"306" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"307" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2759,8 +2768,8 @@ "title":"Metrics and Alarms", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"307" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"308" }, { "desc":"The RDS Agent monitors RDS DB instances and collects monitoring metrics only.This section describes the metrics that can be monitored by Cloud Eye as well as their namesp", @@ -2768,8 +2777,8 @@ "title":"Configuring Displayed Metrics", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"307", - "code":"308" + "p_code":"308", + "code":"309" }, { "desc":"You can set alarm rules by referring to Setting Alarm Rules to customize the monitored objects and notification policies and keep track of the RDS running status.The RDS ", @@ -2777,8 +2786,8 @@ "title":"Setting Alarm Rules", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"307", - "code":"309" + "p_code":"308", + "code":"310" }, { "desc":"Cloud Eye monitors the statuses of RDS DB instances. You can view RDS monitoring metrics on the management console.Monitored data takes some time before it can be display", @@ -2786,8 +2795,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Monitoring Metrics", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"307", - "code":"310" + "p_code":"308", + "code":"311" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2795,8 +2804,8 @@ "title":"Interconnection with CTS", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"311" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"312" }, { "desc":"Cloud Trace Service (CTS) records operations related to RDS for further query, audit, and backtrack.", @@ -2804,8 +2813,8 @@ "title":"Key Operations Supported by CTS", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"311", - "code":"312" + "p_code":"312", + "code":"313" }, { "desc":"After CTS is enabled, operations on cloud resources are recorded. You can view the operation records of the last 7 days on the CTS console.This section describes how to q", @@ -2813,8 +2822,8 @@ "title":"Viewing Tracing Events", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_06_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"311", - "code":"313" + "p_code":"312", + "code":"314" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2822,8 +2831,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_log.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"314" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"315" }, { "desc":"System logs contain logs generated during the database running. These can help you analyze problems with the database.You can select a log level in the upper right corner", @@ -2831,8 +2840,8 @@ "title":"Viewing System Logs", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_01_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"314", - "code":"315" + "p_code":"315", + "code":"316" }, { "desc":"Slow query logs record statements that exceed long_query_time (1 second by default). You can view log details to identify statements that are executing slowly and optimiz", @@ -2840,8 +2849,8 @@ "title":"Viewing and Downloading Slow Query Logs", "uri":"slow_query_log-sqlserver.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"314", - "code":"316" + "p_code":"315", + "code":"317" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2849,8 +2858,8 @@ "title":"Task Center", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_05_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"317" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"318" }, { "desc":"You can view the progress and results of tasks on the Task Center page.You can view and manage the following tasks:Creating DB instancesCreating read replicasChanging sin", @@ -2858,8 +2867,8 @@ "title":"Viewing a Task", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"317", - "code":"318" + "p_code":"318", + "code":"319" }, { "desc":"You can delete task records so that they are no longer displayed in the task list. This operation only deletes the task records, and does not delete the DB instances or t", @@ -2867,8 +2876,8 @@ "title":"Deleting a Task Record", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_task_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"317", - "code":"319" + "p_code":"318", + "code":"320" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2876,8 +2885,8 @@ "title":"Usage of Stored Procedures", "uri":"rds_09_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"320" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"321" }, { "desc":"You can use a stored procedure to update statistics to improve query performance.An RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB instance has been connected. For details about how to conn", @@ -2885,8 +2894,8 @@ "title":"Updating Database Statistics", "uri":"rds_09_0009.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"320", - "code":"321" + "p_code":"321", + "code":"322" }, { "desc":"Tag Management Service (TMS) enables you to use tags on the management console to manage resources. TMS works with other cloud services to manage tags. TMS manages tags g", @@ -2894,8 +2903,8 @@ "title":"Managing Tags", "uri":"rds_sqlserver_tag.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"250", - "code":"322" + "p_code":"251", + "code":"323" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2904,7 +2913,7 @@ "uri":"rds_faq_0000.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"323" + "code":"324" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2912,8 +2921,8 @@ "title":"Product Consulting", "uri":"rds_faq_0146.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"324" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"325" }, { "desc":"DB instance operating systems (OSs) are invisible to you. Your applications can access a database only through an IP address and a port.The backup files stored in Object ", @@ -2921,8 +2930,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Pay Attention to When Using RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"325" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"326" }, { "desc":"Calculation formula for RDS DB instance availability:DB instance availability = (1 – Failure duration/Total service duration) × 100%", @@ -2930,8 +2939,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Availability of RDS DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0002.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"326" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"327" }, { "desc":"Currently, DB instance cannot be created using a template.", @@ -2939,8 +2948,8 @@ "title":"Can I Use a Template to Create DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0003.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"327" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"328" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -2948,8 +2957,8 @@ "title":"What Are the Differences Between RDS and Other Database Solutions?", "uri":"rds_faq_0004.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"328" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"329" }, { "desc":"No. Your RDS DB instances and resources are isolated from other users' DB instances.", @@ -2957,8 +2966,8 @@ "title":"Will My RDS DB Instances Be Affected by Other User Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0005.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"329" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"330" }, { "desc":"Yes. RDS supports cross-AZ high availability. When you create primary/standby DB instances, you can select different AZs for them.", @@ -2966,8 +2975,8 @@ "title":"Does RDS Support Cross-AZ High Availability?", "uri":"rds_faq_0073.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"330" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"331" }, { "desc":"No. RDS single DB instances can be changed to primary/standby DB instances, but not the other way around.", @@ -2975,8 +2984,8 @@ "title":"Can RDS Primary/Standby DB Instances Be Changed to Single DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0104.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"331" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"332" }, { "desc":"The default code is utf8. You need to convert the default code to Unicode in the exported Excel file.", @@ -2984,8 +2993,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If Garbled Characters Are Displayed After SQL Query Results Are Exported to an Excel File?", "uri":"rds_faq_0110.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"332" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"333" }, { "desc":"To solve this problem:Check the performance of RDS DB instances on the RDS console.Compare the database connection status of local databases and RDS DB instances. This pr", @@ -2993,8 +3002,8 @@ "title":"What Can I Do About Slow Respond of Websites When They Use RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0008.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"333" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"334" }, { "desc":"RDS provides the high availability. Select the primary/standby mode.Also called an unplanned handover. If the primary DB instance fails, the system will automatically swi", @@ -3002,8 +3011,8 @@ "title":"How Does a Cloud Database Perform a Primary/Standby Switchover?", "uri":"rds_faq_0065.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"334" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"335" }, { "desc":"Multiple ECSs can connect to the same RDS DB instance as long as the capability limits of a database are not exceeded.", @@ -3011,8 +3020,8 @@ "title":"Can Multiple ECSs Connect to the Same RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0013.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"335" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"336" }, { "desc":"An error shown in Figure 1 is reported on SQL Server Management Studio when a database is being deleted from RDS SQL Server primary/standby DB instances.The database 'xxx", @@ -3020,8 +3029,8 @@ "title":"Why Is an Error Reported When I Attempt to Delete a Database from RDS SQL Server Primary/Standby DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0094.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"324", - "code":"336" + "p_code":"325", + "code":"337" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3029,8 +3038,8 @@ "title":"Resource and Disk Management", "uri":"rds_faq_0145.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"337" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"338" }, { "desc":"The following logs and files occupy RDS storage space.If the original storage space is insufficient as your services grow, scale up storage space of your DB instance.If d", @@ -3038,8 +3047,8 @@ "title":"Which Types of Logs and Files Occupy RDS Storage Space?", "uri":"rds_faq_0049.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"337", - "code":"338" + "p_code":"338", + "code":"339" }, { "desc":"Both your common data (excluding backup data) and the data required for the operation of your DB instances (such as system database data, rollback logs, redo logs, and in", @@ -3047,8 +3056,8 @@ "title":"Which Items Occupy the Storage Space of My RDS DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0047.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"337", - "code":"339" + "p_code":"338", + "code":"340" }, { "desc":"The storage space you applied for will include space for the file system overhead required for inode, reserved block, and database operations.", @@ -3056,8 +3065,8 @@ "title":"What Overhead Does the Storage Space Have After I Applied for an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0048.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"337", - "code":"340" + "p_code":"338", + "code":"341" }, { "desc":"Data Definition Language (DDL) operations may increase storage space usage sharply. To ensure that services are running properly, do not perform DDL operations during pea", @@ -3065,8 +3074,8 @@ "title":"How Much Storage Space Is Required for DDL Operations?", "uri":"rds_faq_0082.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"337", - "code":"341" + "p_code":"338", + "code":"342" }, { "desc":"There are no limitations on the number of DB instances running on RDS.", @@ -3074,8 +3083,8 @@ "title":"How Many DB Instances Can Run on RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0006.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"337", - "code":"342" + "p_code":"338", + "code":"343" }, { "desc":"The maximum number of databases that can run on an RDS DB instance depends on the DB engine settings.If there are enough CPU, memory, and storage resources, there are no ", @@ -3083,8 +3092,8 @@ "title":"How Many Databases Can Run on an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0007.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"337", - "code":"343" + "p_code":"338", + "code":"344" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3092,8 +3101,8 @@ "title":"Database Connection", "uri":"rds_faq_0141.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"344" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"345" }, { "desc":"For a DB instance that has an EIP bound, you can access it through the EIP.Enable a VPN in a VPC and use the VPN to connect to the RDS DB instance.Create an RDS and an EC", @@ -3101,8 +3110,8 @@ "title":"Can an External Server Access the RDS Database?", "uri":"rds_faq_0018.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"345" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"346" }, { "desc":"The number of database connections indicates the number of applications that can be simultaneously connected to a database, and is irrelevant to the maximum number of use", @@ -3110,8 +3119,8 @@ "title":"What Do I Do If the Number of RDS Database Connections Reaches the Upper Limit?", "uri":"rds_faq_0019.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"346" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"347" }, { "desc":"RDS does not have constraints on the number of connections. This number is determined by the default value and value range of the DB engine. For example, you can set max_", @@ -3119,8 +3128,8 @@ "title":"What Is the Maximum Number of Connections to an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0055.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"347" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"348" }, { "desc":"For details about how to create an ECS, see the Elastic Cloud Server User Guide.If you connect to an RDS DB instance through a private network, ensure that the ECS and DB", @@ -3128,8 +3137,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Create and Connect to an ECS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0057.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"348" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"349" }, { "desc":"Perform the following steps to identify the problem:If they are in the same VPC, go to 2.If they are in different VPCs, create an ECS in the VPC in which the RDS DB insta", @@ -3137,8 +3146,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an ECS Cannot Connect to an RDS DB Instance Through a Private Network?", "uri":"rds_faq_0020.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"349" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"350" }, { "desc":"Troubleshoot RDS connection failures caused by a client problem by checking the following items:ECS Security PolicyIn Windows, check whether the RDS instance port is enab", @@ -3146,8 +3155,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If a Database Client Problem Causes a Connection Failure?", "uri":"rds_faq_0021.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"350" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"351" }, { "desc":"Check whether any of the following problems occurred on the RDS DB instance.The RDS DB instance is not properly connected.Solution: Check the connection. If you connect t", @@ -3155,8 +3164,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an RDS Database Problem Causes a Connection Failure?", "uri":"rds_faq_0022.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"351" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"352" }, { "desc":"Ensure that the ECS in which your applications are located is in the same VPC as the RDS DB instance. If the ECS and the RDS DB instance are in different VPCs, modify the", @@ -3164,8 +3173,8 @@ "title":"How Do My Applications Access an RDS DB Instance in a VPC?", "uri":"rds_faq_0023.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"352" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"353" }, { "desc":"It is recommended that your applications support automatic reconnections to the database. After a database reboot, your applications will automatically reconnect to the d", @@ -3173,8 +3182,8 @@ "title":"Do Applications Need to Support Reconnecting to the RDS DB Instance Automatically?", "uri":"rds_faq_0024.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"353" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"354" }, { "desc":"Although the SSL certificate is optional if you choose to connect to a database through Java database connectivity (JDBC), download an SSL certificate to encrypt the conn", @@ -3182,8 +3191,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Connect to a PostgreSQL Database Through JDBC?", "uri":"rds_faq_0050.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"354" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"355" }, { "desc":"Check whether the ECS can connect to the RDS DB instance.If the ECS cannot connect to the RDS DB instance, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are located in the sa", @@ -3191,8 +3200,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If an RDS Microsoft SQL Server DB Instance Failed to Be Connected?", "uri":"rds_faq_0100.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"355" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"356" }, { "desc":"By default, RDS DB instances cannot be accessed over an intranet across regions. Cloud services in different regions cannot communicate with each other over an intranet. ", @@ -3200,8 +3209,8 @@ "title":"Can I Access an RDS DB Instance Over an Intranet Connection Across Regions?", "uri":"rds_faq_0101.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"356" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"357" }, { "desc":"For DB instances connected using SSL, a primary/standby switchover or failover does not interrupt the connection because the SSL certificate is still valid for both the p", @@ -3209,8 +3218,8 @@ "title":"Is an SSL Connection to a DB Instance Interrupted After a Primary/Standby Switchover or Failover?", "uri":"rds_faq_0111.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"357" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"358" }, { "desc":"MySQL supports SSL connections. Different from other vendors, RDS for MySQL enables the SSL connection on the database server by default. When you use a client to connect", @@ -3218,8 +3227,8 @@ "title":"Does MySQL Support SSL Connections?", "uri":"rds_faq_0070.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"358" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"359" }, { "desc":"You may have restored from a backup before you reset the administrator password.Check whether the DB instance was restored after you reset the administrator password.Log ", @@ -3227,8 +3236,8 @@ "title":"Why Did the New Password Not Take Effect After I Reset the Administrator Password?", "uri":"rds_faq_0034.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"344", - "code":"359" + "p_code":"345", + "code":"360" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3236,8 +3245,8 @@ "title":"Database Migration", "uri":"rds_faq_0155.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"360" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"361" }, { "desc":"The mysqldump or pg_dump tool is easy to use for data migration. However, when you use this tool, the server is stopped for a long period of time during data migration. O", @@ -3245,8 +3254,8 @@ "title":"Why Do I Need to Use the mysqldump or pg_dump Tools for Migration?", "uri":"rds_faq_0026.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"360", - "code":"361" + "p_code":"361", + "code":"362" }, { "desc":"Exporting or importing data between DB engines of the same type is called homogeneous database export or import.Exporting or importing data between DB engines of differen", @@ -3254,8 +3263,8 @@ "title":"What Types of DB Engines Does RDS Support for Importing Data?", "uri":"rds_faq_0025.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"360", - "code":"362" + "p_code":"361", + "code":"363" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3263,8 +3272,8 @@ "title":"Database Permission", "uri":"rds_faq_0154.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"363" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"364" }, { "desc":"Most relational database cloud service platforms do not provide super permissions for the root user. The super permissions allow users to execute many management commands", @@ -3272,8 +3281,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the Root User Not Have the Super Permissions?", "uri":"rds_faq_0075.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"363", - "code":"364" + "p_code":"364", + "code":"365" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3281,8 +3290,8 @@ "title":"Database Storage", "uri":"rds_faq_0144.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"365" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"366" }, { "desc":"The database storage engine is a core service for storing, processing, and protecting data. It can be used to control access permissions and rapidly process transactions ", @@ -3290,8 +3299,8 @@ "title":"What Storage Engines Does the RDS for MySQL Support?", "uri":"rds_faq_0041.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"366" + "p_code":"366", + "code":"367" }, { "desc":"RDS uses Elastic Volume Service (EVS) disks for storage. For details about EVS disks, see Elastic Volume Service Product Introduction.The RDS backup data is stored in OBS", @@ -3299,8 +3308,8 @@ "title":"What Is the RDS DB Instance Storage Configuration?", "uri":"rds_faq_0045.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"367" + "p_code":"366", + "code":"368" }, { "desc":"No. After an RDS DB instance is created, the storage type cannot be changed.", @@ -3308,8 +3317,8 @@ "title":"Can I Change the Storage Type of an RDS DB Instance from Common I/O to Ultra-high I/O?", "uri":"rds_faq_0076.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"368" + "p_code":"366", + "code":"369" }, { "desc":"There is not enough storage available for an RDS DB instance and the DB instance has entered read-only status, or applications can no longer read from or write to the dat", @@ -3317,8 +3326,8 @@ "title":"What Should I Do If My Data Exceeds the Available Storage of an RDS DB Instance?", "uri":"rds_faq_0046.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"365", - "code":"369" + "p_code":"366", + "code":"370" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3326,8 +3335,8 @@ "title":"Client Installation", "uri":"rds_faq_0152.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"370" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"371" }, { "desc":"MySQL provides client installation packages for different OSs on its official website. MySQL 8.0 is used as an example. You can download the latest version or any other v", @@ -3335,8 +3344,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install the MySQL Client?", "uri":"rds_faq_0027.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"370", - "code":"371" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"372" }, { "desc":"PostgreSQL provides client installation methods for different OSs on its official website.The following describes how to install a PostgreSQL 15 client in CentOS.When you", @@ -3344,8 +3353,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install the PostgreSQL Client?", "uri":"rds_faq_0029.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"370", - "code":"372" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"373" }, { "desc":"The Microsoft SQL Server official website provides the SQL Server Management Studio installation package. SQL Server Management Studio applications can run in the Windows", @@ -3353,8 +3362,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Install SQL Server Management Studio?", "uri":"rds_faq_0032.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"370", - "code":"373" + "p_code":"371", + "code":"374" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3362,8 +3371,8 @@ "title":"Backup and Restoration", "uri":"rds_faq_0098.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"374" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"375" }, { "desc":"Automated backup data is kept based on the backup retention period you specified. There is no limit for the manual backup retention period. You can delete manual backups ", @@ -3371,8 +3380,8 @@ "title":"How Long Does RDS Store Backup Data For?", "uri":"rds_faq_0043.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"375" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"376" }, { "desc":"A backup window is a user-specified time during which RDS DB instances are backed up. With these periodic data backups, RDS allows you to restore DB instances to the back", @@ -3380,8 +3389,8 @@ "title":"Can My Database Be Used in the Backup Window?", "uri":"rds_faq_0044.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"376" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"377" }, { "desc":"You can back up data to an ECS the same way you export SQL statements. The ECS service does not have restrictions on the types of data to be backed up as long as the data", @@ -3389,8 +3398,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Back Up an RDS Database to an ECS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0042.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"377" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"378" }, { "desc":"Automated backups may fail for the following reasons:The network environment is unstable due to issues such as network delay or interruption. RDS will detect these proble", @@ -3398,8 +3407,8 @@ "title":"Why Has My Automated Backup Failed?", "uri":"rds_faq_0053.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"378" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"379" }, { "desc":"When you delete a DB instance, its automated backups are also deleted but its manual backups are retained.", @@ -3407,8 +3416,8 @@ "title":"What Happens to Database Backups After an RDS DB Instance Is Deleted?", "uri":"rds_faq_0014.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"379" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"380" }, { "desc":"If your cloud account is deleted, both your automated and manual backups are deleted.", @@ -3416,8 +3425,8 @@ "title":"Will My Backups Be Deleted If I Delete My Cloud Account?", "uri":"rds_faq_0015.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"380" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"381" }, { "desc":"RDS does not delete or perform any operations on any user data. If this problem occurs, check if there have been any misoperations and restore the data from backup files,", @@ -3425,8 +3434,8 @@ "title":"Why Is a Table or Data Missing from My Database?", "uri":"rds_faq_0012.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"374", - "code":"381" + "p_code":"375", + "code":"382" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3434,8 +3443,8 @@ "title":"Database Monitoring", "uri":"rds_faq_0151.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"382" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"383" }, { "desc":"You need to pay attention to CPU, memory, and storage space usage.You can configure the system to report alarms based on service requirements and take measures to handle ", @@ -3443,8 +3452,8 @@ "title":"Which DB Instance Monitoring Metrics Do I Need to Pay Attention To?", "uri":"rds_faq_0036.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"382", - "code":"383" + "p_code":"383", + "code":"384" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3452,8 +3461,8 @@ "title":"Capacity Expansion and Specification Change", "uri":"rds_faq_0150.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"384" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"385" }, { "desc":"Currently, you can scale up storage space and change the CPU or memory of a DB instance.When storage space is being scaled up, RDS DB instances are still available and se", @@ -3461,8 +3470,8 @@ "title":"Are My RDS DB Instances Available When Scaling?", "uri":"rds_faq_0016.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"384", - "code":"385" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"386" }, { "desc":"The DB instance is in Faulty state after the original database port is changed.The DB instance cannot be connected using the new database port.The submitted database port", @@ -3470,8 +3479,8 @@ "title":"Why Does the DB Instance Become Faulty After the Original Database Port Is Changed?", "uri":"rds_faq_0035.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"384", - "code":"386" + "p_code":"385", + "code":"387" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3479,8 +3488,8 @@ "title":"Database Parameter Modification", "uri":"rds_faq_0142.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"387" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"388" }, { "desc":"In the following cases, inappropriate parameter settings cause the database to be unavailable:Parameter value ranges are related to DB instance specifications.The maximum", @@ -3488,8 +3497,8 @@ "title":"What Inappropriate Parameter Settings Cause Unavailability of the PostgreSQL Database?", "uri":"rds_faq_0031.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"387", - "code":"388" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"389" }, { "desc":"PostgreSQL 10, PostgreSQL 11, PostgreSQL 12 and PostgreSQL 13 support test_decoding. For more information about test_decoding, see test_decoding introduction.To use test_", @@ -3497,8 +3506,8 @@ "title":"Does RDS for PostgreSQL Support the test_decoding Plugin?", "uri":"rds_faq_0119.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"387", - "code":"389" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"390" }, { "desc":"When you add NDF files of the custom database and the tempdb database, do not place them in the C drive. If you place them in the C drive, the system disk space will be u", @@ -3506,8 +3515,8 @@ "title":"Where Should I Store the NDF Files for Microsoft SQL Server?", "uri":"rds_faq_0092.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"387", - "code":"390" + "p_code":"388", + "code":"391" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3515,8 +3524,8 @@ "title":"Log Management", "uri":"rds_faq_0149.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"391" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"392" }, { "desc":"Generally, the delay is 5 minutes. If the size of slow query logs reaches 10 MB within 5 minutes, the logs will be uploaded to OBS.", @@ -3524,8 +3533,8 @@ "title":"How Long Is the Delay for RDS MySQL Slow Query Logs?", "uri":"rds_faq_0078.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"391", - "code":"392" + "p_code":"392", + "code":"393" }, { "desc":"The slow query threshold is 5 seconds.", @@ -3533,8 +3542,8 @@ "title":"What's the Slow Query Threshold for Microsoft SQL Server?", "uri":"rds_faq_0077.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"391", - "code":"393" + "p_code":"392", + "code":"394" }, { "desc":"EXECUTE master.dbo.rds_read_errorlogFileID,LogType,FilterText,FilterBeginTime,FilterEndTimeFileID: indicates the ID of an error log. The value 0 indicates the latest logs", @@ -3542,8 +3551,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Obtain Microsoft SQL Server Error Logs Using Commands?", "uri":"rds_faq_0059.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"391", - "code":"394" + "p_code":"392", + "code":"395" }, { "desc":"Sorry, statistics on RDS slow query logs cannot be exported.", @@ -3551,8 +3560,8 @@ "title":"Can I Export Statistics on RDS Slow Query Logs?", "uri":"rds_faq_0120.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"391", - "code":"395" + "p_code":"392", + "code":"396" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3560,8 +3569,8 @@ "title":"Network Security", "uri":"rds_faq_0143.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"323", - "code":"396" + "p_code":"324", + "code":"397" }, { "desc":"RDS runs your DB instances in a VPC, ensuring that the DB instances are isolated from other services.RDS uses security groups to ensure that only trusted sources can acce", @@ -3569,8 +3578,8 @@ "title":"What Security Protection Policies Does RDS Have?", "uri":"rds_faq_0038.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"397" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"398" }, { "desc":"The VPC security group helps ensure the security of RDS in a VPC. In addition, an ACL can be used to allow or reject I/O network traffic for each subnet.", @@ -3578,8 +3587,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Ensure the Security of RDS DB Instances in a VPC?", "uri":"rds_faq_0040.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"398" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"399" }, { "desc":"When you access RDS through an EIP, service data will be transmitted on the public network. To prevent any potential data breaches, you are advised to use SSL to encrypt ", @@ -3587,8 +3596,8 @@ "title":"How Can Data Security Be Ensured During Transmission When I Access RDS Through an EIP?", "uri":"rds_faq_0039.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"399" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"400" }, { "desc":"If you enable public accessibility, your EIP DNS and database port may be vulnerable to hacking. To protect information such as your EIP, DNS, database port, database acc", @@ -3596,8 +3605,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Prevent Untrusted Source IP Addresses from Accessing RDS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0056.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"400" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"401" }, { "desc":"When you attempt to connect to a DB instance through a private network, check whether the ECS and RDS DB instance are in the same security group.If the ECS and RDS DB ins", @@ -3605,8 +3614,8 @@ "title":"How Do I Configure a Security Group to Enable Access to RDS DB Instances?", "uri":"rds_faq_0054.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"401" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"402" }, { "desc":"Click Start and choose Run. In the displayed Run dialog box, enter MMC and press Enter.On the displayed console, choose File > Add/Remove Snap-in.In the left Available sn", @@ -3614,8 +3623,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Import the Root Certificate to a Windows or Linux OS?", "uri":"rds_faq_0052.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"402" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"403" }, { "desc":"When you connect to an RDS MySQL DB instance using an SSL connection, run the following command to check whether the certificate has expired:Update the root certificate t", @@ -3623,8 +3632,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Identify the Validity Period of an SSL Root Certificate?", "uri":"rds_faq_0051.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"403" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"404" }, { "desc":"Data tamperingLots of security measures are provided to ensure that only authenticated users have permissions to perform operations on database table records. Database ta", @@ -3632,8 +3641,8 @@ "title":"How Can I Identify Data Corruption?", "uri":"rds_faq_0011.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", - "p_code":"396", - "code":"404" + "p_code":"397", + "code":"405" }, { "desc":"HUAWEI CLOUD Help Center presents technical documents to help you quickly get started with HUAWEI CLOUD services. The technical documents include Service Overview, Price Details, Purchase Guide, User Guide, API Reference, Best Practices, FAQs, and Videos.", @@ -3642,7 +3651,7 @@ "uri":"en-us_topic_0000001191146839.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"405" + "code":"406" }, { "desc":"For details about the glossaries in this document, see Glossary.", @@ -3651,6 +3660,6 @@ "uri":"rds_glossary_0001.html", "doc_type":"usermanual", "p_code":"", - "code":"406" + "code":"407" } ] \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001987302910.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001987302910.html index 46209d1a..17f23f72 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001987302910.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001987302910.html @@ -4,6 +4,8 @@
diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html index 00b5e26e..47a42cb3 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001989983141.html @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@

Constraints

  • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB.
  • For a primary/standby DB instance, autoscaling the storage for the primary node will also autoscale the storage for the standby node.
  • Storage autoscaling is unavailable when the DB instance is in any of the following statuses: changing instance class, upgrading a minor version, migrating the standby DB instance, and rebooting.
-

Procedure

  1. Log in to the management console.
  2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
  3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
  4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica).
  5. In the Storage Space area, click Configure Autoscaling.
  6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters:

    +

    Procedure

    1. Log in to the management console.
    2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region.
    3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
    4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica).
    5. In the Storage Space area, click Configure Autoscaling.
    6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters:

      Table 1 Parameter description

      Parameter

      Description

      diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html index 55f93186..46149fcb 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000001990102985.html @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@

      Constraints

      • The maximum allowed storage is 4,000 GB.
      • For primary/standby DB instances, autoscaling the storage for the primary DB instance will also autoscale the storage for the standby DB instance.
      • Storage autoscaling is unavailable when the DB instance is changing instance class or rebooting.
      • Storage of RDS for SQL Server instances cannot be scaled down. Exercise caution when enabling autoscaling.
      • There is an upper limit on autoscaling. For example, if an instance scales out for multiple times within a short period of time due to a sharp increase of temporary databases or log files, to prevent the storage from getting full, you can shrink the databases or log files to reduce the storage usage.
      -

      Procedure

      1. Log in to the management console.
      2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
      3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
      4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica).
      5. In the Storage Space area, click Configure Autoscaling.
      6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters.

        +

        Procedure

        1. Log in to the management console.
        2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region.
        3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
        4. On the Instances page, click the target DB instance or read replica (click in front of a DB instance to locate the read replica).
        5. In the Storage Space area, click Configure Autoscaling.
        6. In the displayed dialog box, set the following parameters.

          - -
          Table 1 Parameter description

          Parameter

          Description

          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html new file mode 100644 index 00000000..ad53d85d --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/rds/umn/en-us_topic_0000002067671672.html @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ + + +

          RDS for MySQL Versioning Policy

          +

          RDS for MySQL extends the lifecycle of MySQL Community Edition. New versions are released during the extended period only to fix issues that severely affect the security and stability of DB instances. RDS for MySQL does not promise to fix all major security or stability issues because the MySQL community keeps security information confidential.

          +

          RDS for MySQL provides a fully managed database service by leveraging the open-source MySQL. This section describes the versioning policy of RDS for MySQL. When creating a DB instance or migrating data, you need to select a suitable version.

          +

          Version Lifecycle

          +
          + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + + +
          Table 1 Version lifecycle

          MySQL Version

          +

          Released by Community

          +

          End of Community Edition Lifecycle

          +

          Released by Open Telekom Cloud

          +

          EOS by Open Telekom Cloud

          +

          5.6

          +

          February 2013

          +

          February 2021

          +

          August 2017

          +

          March 2025

          +

          5.7

          +

          October 2015

          +

          October 2023

          +

          June 2018

          +

          July 2025

          +

          8.0

          +

          September 2018

          +

          April 2026

          +

          April 2020

          +

          -

          +
          +
          +
          +
          +
          +
          +
          Parent topic: Product Release Notes
          +
          +
          + diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0070.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0070.html index 3aaf92cd..f1439580 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0070.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_09_0070.html @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@

        7. You can also load each parameter value independently before installing a plugin.
          8. -

          Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin

          1. Log in to the management console.
          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region and a project.
          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
          4. On the Instances page, click the instance name.
          5. In the navigation pane, choose Plugins.
          6. In the Database drop-down list above the plugin list, select the database where the plugin is to be installed.
          7. Locate the plugin to be installed and click Install in the Operation column.
          8. To uninstall a plugin, click Uninstall.
          +

          Installing and Uninstalling a Plugin

          1. Log in to the management console.
          2. Click in the upper left corner and select a region.
          3. Click Service List. Under Database, click Relational Database Service.
          4. On the Instances page, click the instance name.
          5. In the navigation pane, choose Plugins.
          6. In the Database drop-down list above the plugin list, select the database where the plugin is to be installed.
          7. Locate the plugin to be installed and click Install in the Operation column.
          8. To uninstall a plugin, click Uninstall.
          diff --git a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0004.html b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0004.html index 2943a6c1..12a665ee 100644 --- a/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0004.html +++ b/docs/rds/umn/rds_11_0004.html @@ -13,17 +13,17 @@

          Primary/Standby (1/1)

          		 -
          • 2017 SE
          • 2019 SE
          +
          • 2017 SE
          • 2019 SE
          • 2022 SE

          Single DB instances

          • 2017 SE
          • 2019 SE
          +
          • 2017 SE
          • 2019 SE
          • 2022 SE

          Cluster

          • 2017 EE
          • 2019 EE
          +
          • 2017 EE
          • 2019 EE
          • 2022 EE